DHCPKit

This package contains a flexible DHCPv6 server written in Python 3.4+. Its purpose is to provide a framework for DHCP services. It was written for ISPs to use in provisioning their customers according to their own business rules. It can be integrated into existing ISP management and provisioning tools. The flexibility and ability to integrate business rules will appeal to enterprises as well. Writing extensions to DHCPKit is very easy!

The official documentation is hosted by Read the Docs.

Documentation

Applications

ipv6-dhcpd(8)

Synopsis

ipv6-dhcpd [-h] [-v] [-p PIDFILE] config

Description

This is the executable that runs the DHCP server code. Its functionality depends on the handler modules configured in the configuration file. These can implement anything from printing incoming packets to providing a fully functional stateful DHCP server.

Command line options
config

is the configuration file.

-h, --help

show the help message and exit.

-v, --verbosity

increase output verbosity. This option can be provided up to five times to increase the verbosity level. If the colorlog package is installed logging will be in colour.

-p PIDFILE, --pidfile PIDFILE

save the server’s PID to this file

Security

Because it has to be able to bind to the DHCPv6 server UDP port (547) it has to be started as root. The process will give up root privileges after it reads the configuration file and opens the listening sockets.

ipv6-dhcpctl(8)

Synopsis

ipv6-dhcpctl [-h] [-v] [-c FILENAME] command

Description

A remote control utility that allows you to send commands to the DHCPv6 server.

Command line options
command

is the command to send to the server. Use the help command to see what commands are available from your server.

-h, --help

show the help message and exit.

-v, --verbosity

increase output verbosity. This option can be provided up to five times to increase the verbosity level. If the colorlog package is installed logging will be in colour.

-c FILENAME, --control-socket FILENAME

location of domain socket for server control. The default socket is /var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.sock which is also the default location where the server will create its control socket.

ipv6-dhcp-build-sqlite(1)

Synopsis

ipv6-dhcp-build-sqlite [-h] [-f] [-v] source destination

Description

This utility converts a CSV file with assignments to a SQLite database for use with the Static-sqlite handler.

Command line options
source

is the source CSV file

destination

is the destination SQLite file

-h, --help

show the help message and exit.

-f, --force

force removing old entries, even if that means deleting more than 30% of the contents of the database

-v, --verbosity

increase output verbosity. This option can be provided up to five times to increase the verbosity level. If the colorlog package is installed logging will be in colour.

Concurrency

This utility implements some functionality to make it possible to run it against a SQLite database that is being concurrently used by a DHCPv6 server. It will release the write lock on the database every so often to allow the server to continue its processing of requests.

While updating the database this tool will check to see if another instance is writing newer entries to the same database. If this is detected it will abort to let the other instance finish its work.

Safety

To prevent the database being destroyed because of an invalid input file this tool compares the size of the number of entries read from the CSV file with the size of the database. If more than 30% of the database would be deleted because the corresponding entries dave disappeared from the CSV file the delete action is aborted and old entries are left in the database. Provide the --force option to force removal of those entries.

IPv6 Server configuration

This describes the configuration file for DHCPKit. The syntax of this file is loosely based on the Apache configuration style. It is implemented using ZConfig.

The configuration file consists of basic server settings, Listeners that receive messages from the network and some Handlers that process the request and generate the response (possibly surrounded by Filters that determine which handlers get applies to which request).

Configuration file format

This describes the configuration file for DHCPKit. The syntax of this file is loosely based on the Apache configuration style. It is implemented using ZConfig.

The configuration file consists of basic server settings, Listeners that receive messages from the network and some Handlers that process the request and generate the response (possibly surrounded by Filters that determine which handlers get applies to which request).

Example
# Logging to console and syslog
<logging>
    <console>
        level debug-packets
    </console>
    <syslog>
        level info
    </syslog>
</logging>

# Run as user 'demo' with group 'nogroup'
user demo
group nogroup

# Listen to this unicast address (to receive messages from a relay)
<listen-unicast 2001:db8::1>
    interface en0
</listen-unicast>

# Handlers that are only applied to this /48
<subnet 2001:db8:1::/48>
    # Ignore requests from this /64
    <subnet 2001:db8:1:2::/64>
        <ignore-request/>
    </subnet-group>

    # Everybody else: assign static address/prefix from this CSV
    <static-csv static.csv />
</subnet>
Configuration options
user

The user name the server should run as.

Default: “nobody”

group

The group name the server should run as.

Default: The primary group of the user.

pid-file

Save the PID of the main process to this file.

Example: “/var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.pid”

Default: “/var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.pid”

control-socket

Create a domain socket in this location to control the server.

Example: “/var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.sock”

Default: “/var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.sock”

control-socket-user
User that owns the control-socket.
control-socket-group
Group that owns the control-socket.
workers

The number of worker processes that will be started.

Default: The number of CPUs detected in your system.

allow-rapid-commit

Whether to allow DHCPv6 rapid commit if the client requests it.

Default: “no”

rapid-commit-rejections

Whether to allow DHCPv6 rapid commit for responses that reject a request.

Default: “no”

server-id (section of type Duid)

The DUID to use as the server-identifier.

Example:

<duid-ll server-id>
    hardware-type 1
    link-layer-address 00:24:36:ef:1d:89
</duid-ll>
exception-window

The length of the exceptions window.

Default: “10.0”

max-exceptions

The number of exceptions that can occur in the exception window before the server stops itself. This prevents the server from spinning in circles when something unexpected goes wrong.

Default: “5”

Possible sub-section types
Logging
This section contains the logging configuration. It contains a list of log-handlers that specify where to send the log entries.
Statistics
By default the DHCPv6 server only keeps global statistics. Provide categories to collect statistics more granularly.
Listeners (multiple allowed)
Configuration sections that define listeners. These are usually the network interfaces that a DHCPv6 server listens on, like the well-known multicast address on an interface, or a unicast address where a DHCPv6 relay can send its requests to.
Filters (multiple allowed)
Configuration sections that specify filters. A filter limits which handlers get applied to which messages. Everything inside a filter gets ignored if the filter condition doesn’t match. That way you can configure the server to only apply certain handlers to certain messages, for example to return different information options to different clients.
Handlers (multiple allowed)

Configuration sections that specify a handler. Handlers process requests, build the response etc. Some of them add information options to the response, others look up the client in a CSV file and assign addresses and prefixes, and others can abort the processing and tell the server not to answer at all.

You can make the server do whatever you want by configuring the appropriate handlers.

Overview of sections

Logging

This section contains the logging configuration. It contains a list of log-handlers that specify where to send the log entries.

Example
<logging>
    <console>
        level debug-handling
        color yes
    </console>

    <syslog />

    log-multiprocessing no
</logging>
Section parameters
log-multiprocessing

Enable this if you want logging of process handling. Mostly useful for debugging server code.

Default: “no”

Possible sub-section types
Loghandler (multiple allowed)
Log-handlers output log entries to somewhere. If you want to send your logs somewhere configure one of these. There are log-handlers to show log entries on the console. Send them to a syslog process, server, etc.
Map-rule

A mapping rule for MAP implementations.

Example
<map-rule>
    ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:f000::/36
    ipv4-prefix 192.0.2.0/24
    contiguous-ports 64
    sharing-ratio 16
    forwarding-mapping yes
</map-rule>
Section parameters
ipv6-prefix (required)
The IPv6 prefix containing MAP clients.
ipv4-prefix (required)
The IPv4 prefix that the MAP clients will share.
contiguous-ports (required)
The number of contiguous ports. This value must be a power of 2. It determines the number of bits after the PSID.
sharing-ratio (required)
The number of customers sharing one IPv4 address. This value must be a power of 2. It determines the length of the PSID.
forwarding-mapping

Whether this rule is a Forwarding Mapping Rule (FMR) or a Basic Mapping Rule (BMR).

Default: “no”

Statistics

By default the DHCPv6 server only keeps global statistics. Provide categories to collect statistics more granularly.

Example
<statistics>
    interface eth0
    subnet 2001:db8:0:1::/64
    subnet 2001:db8:0:2::/64
    relay 2001:db8:1:2::3
</statistics>
Section parameters
interface (multiple allowed)

Collect statistics per server interface

Example: “interface eth0”

subnet (multiple allowed)

Collect statistics per client subnet

Example: “subnet 2001:db8::/64”

relay (multiple allowed)

Collect statistics per relay

Example: “relay 2001:db8::1:2”

Overview of section types

Duid

Configuration sections that specify a DUID.

Duid-en

A DUID based on an enterprise-number and an opaque identifier.

Example 
<duid-en>
    enterprise-number 40208
    identifier 12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd:ef
</duid-en>
Section parameters
enterprise-number (required)
This must be a Private Enterprise Number as maintained by IANA. See http://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers.
identifier (required)

This is a unique identifier assigned by the specified enterprise. The value must be provided as a hexadecimal string. Each octet may be separated with colons, but this is not required.

Example: “12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd:ef:ca:fe:be:ef”

Duid-ll

A DUID based on a link-layer address.

Example 
<duid-ll>
    hardware-type 1
    link-layer-address 002436ef1d89
</duid-ll>

<duid-ll server-id>
    hardware-type 1
    link-layer-address 00:24:36:ef:1d:89
</duid-ll>
Section parameters
hardware-type (required)
The hardware type must be a valid hardware type assigned by the IANA, as described in RFC 826. Ethernet has type number 1.
link-layer-address (required)

The link-layer address must be provided as a hexadecimal string. Each octet may be separated with colons, but this is not required.

Example: “00:24:36:ef:1d:89”

Duid-llt

A DUID based on a link-layer address and a timestamp.

Example 
<duid-llt>
    hardware-type 1
    link-layer-address 002436ef1d89
    timestamp 2016-12-31T23:59:59Z
</duid-llt>

<duid-llt server-id>
    hardware-type 1
    link-layer-address 00:24:36:ef:1d:89
    timestamp 2016-12-31T23:59:59Z
</duid-llt>
Section parameters
hardware-type (required)
The hardware type must be a valid hardware type assigned by the IANA, as described in RFC 826. Ethernet has type number 1.
link-layer-address (required)

The link-layer address must be provided as a hexadecimal string. Each octet may be separated with colons, but this is not required.

Example: “00:24:36:ef:1d:89”

timestamp (required)

The timestamp to include in the address. It must be provided in the ISO-8601 compatible format “%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ”.

Example: “2016-12-31T23:59:59Z”

Filters

Configuration sections that specify filters. A filter limits which handlers get applied to which messages. Everything inside a filter gets ignored if the filter condition doesn’t match. That way you can configure the server to only apply certain handlers to certain messages, for example to return different information options to different clients.

Elapsed-time

Filter incoming messages based on the value of the ElapsedTimeOption in the request. At least one time limit must be provided.

This filter can be used as a very simple mechanism for DHCPv6 server fail-over. You can configure one server without an elapsed-time filter and another server with a filter that ignores solicit messages when the elapsed time is less than a certain value. The first server will try to answer all request, but if it doesn’t answer all requests for some reason then the client’s elapsed time will increase until it passes the threshold of the second server, which will then stop ignoring it and respond.

Example 
<elapsed-time>
    less-than 30s

    <ignore-request>
        message-type solicit
    </ignore-request>
</elapsed-time>
Section parameters
more-than

Only process messages where the elapsed time is more than the provided number of seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Example: “30s”

less-than

Only process messages where the elapsed time is less than the provided number of seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Example: “1h”

Possible sub-section types
Filters (multiple allowed)
Configuration sections that specify filters. A filter limits which handlers get applied to which messages. Everything inside a filter gets ignored if the filter condition doesn’t match. That way you can configure the server to only apply certain handlers to certain messages, for example to return different information options to different clients.
Handlers (multiple allowed)

Configuration sections that specify a handler. Handlers process requests, build the response etc. Some of them add information options to the response, others look up the client in a CSV file and assign addresses and prefixes, and others can abort the processing and tell the server not to answer at all.

You can make the server do whatever you want by configuring the appropriate handlers.

Marked-with

Filter incoming messages based on the mark set by i.e. the listener.

Example 
<marked-with bla>
    <ignore-request/>
</marked-with>
Possible sub-section types
Filters (multiple allowed)
Configuration sections that specify filters. A filter limits which handlers get applied to which messages. Everything inside a filter gets ignored if the filter condition doesn’t match. That way you can configure the server to only apply certain handlers to certain messages, for example to return different information options to different clients.
Handlers (multiple allowed)

Configuration sections that specify a handler. Handlers process requests, build the response etc. Some of them add information options to the response, others look up the client in a CSV file and assign addresses and prefixes, and others can abort the processing and tell the server not to answer at all.

You can make the server do whatever you want by configuring the appropriate handlers.

Subnet

Filter incoming messages based on the subnet that the link-address is in.

Example 
<subnet 2001:db8:dead::/48>
    <ignore-request/>
</subnet-group>
Possible sub-section types
Filters (multiple allowed)
Configuration sections that specify filters. A filter limits which handlers get applied to which messages. Everything inside a filter gets ignored if the filter condition doesn’t match. That way you can configure the server to only apply certain handlers to certain messages, for example to return different information options to different clients.
Handlers (multiple allowed)

Configuration sections that specify a handler. Handlers process requests, build the response etc. Some of them add information options to the response, others look up the client in a CSV file and assign addresses and prefixes, and others can abort the processing and tell the server not to answer at all.

You can make the server do whatever you want by configuring the appropriate handlers.

Subnet-group

Filter incoming messages based on the subnet that the link-address is in.

Example 
<subnet-group>
    prefix 2001:db8:dead::/48
    prefix 2001:db8:beef::/48

    <ignore-request/>
</subnet-group>
Section parameters
prefix (required, multiple allowed)

A prefix that the link-address of the relay or server interface can be in.

Example: “2001:db8:1:2::/64”

Possible sub-section types
Filters (multiple allowed)
Configuration sections that specify filters. A filter limits which handlers get applied to which messages. Everything inside a filter gets ignored if the filter condition doesn’t match. That way you can configure the server to only apply certain handlers to certain messages, for example to return different information options to different clients.
Handlers (multiple allowed)

Configuration sections that specify a handler. Handlers process requests, build the response etc. Some of them add information options to the response, others look up the client in a CSV file and assign addresses and prefixes, and others can abort the processing and tell the server not to answer at all.

You can make the server do whatever you want by configuring the appropriate handlers.

Handlers

Configuration sections that specify a handler. Handlers process requests, build the response etc. Some of them add information options to the response, others look up the client in a CSV file and assign addresses and prefixes, and others can abort the processing and tell the server not to answer at all.

You can make the server do whatever you want by configuring the appropriate handlers.

Aftr-name

This sections add an AFTR tunnel endpoint name to the response sent to the client.

Example 
<aftr-name>
    fqdn aftr.example.org
</aftr-name>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

fqdn (required)

The FQDN of the AFTR tunnel endpoint.

Example: “aftr.example.com”

Copy-linklayer-id

A DHCPv6 server is not required to copy the client link-layer address option from a request to the response and echo it back to the relay. If you want to echo it back then include this handler to do so.

Example 
<copy-linklayer-id/>
Copy-remote-id

A DHCPv6 server is not required to copy the remote-id option from a request to the response and echo it back to the relay. If you want to echo it back then include this handler to do so.

Example 
<copy-remote-id/>
Copy-subscriber-id

A DHCPv6 server is not required to copy the subscriber-id option from a request to the response and echo it back to the relay. If you want to echo it back then include this handler to do so.

Example 
<copy-subscriber-id/>
Domain-search-list

This sections adds domain names to the domain search list sent to the client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be combined into one set of domain names which is sent to the client.

Example 
<domain-search-list>
    domain-name example.com
    domain-name example.net
    domain-name example.org
</domain-search-list>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

domain-name (required, multiple allowed)

The domain name to add to the search list.

Example: “example.com”

Iana-timing-limits

Automatically set the T1 and T2 timers on IANA Options based on given limits.

Example 
<iana-timing-limits>
    min-t1 30m
    max-t1 12h
    factor-t1 0.5

    min-t2 30m
    max-t2 1d
    factor-t2 0.8
</iana-timing-limits>
Section parameters
min-t1

Minimum value for T1. T1 is the time at which the client contacts the server from which the addresses were obtained to extend their lifetimes, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “0”

max-t1

Maximum value for T1. T1 is the time at which the client contacts the server from which the addresses were obtained to extend their lifetimes, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “INFINITY”

factor-t1

The default factor for calculating T1 if it hasn’t been set already. This is specified as a fraction of the shortest lifetime of the addresses in the IANAOption.

Default: “0.5”

min-t2

Minimum value for T2. T2 is the time at which the client contacts any available server to extend the lifetimes of its addresses, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “0”

max-t2

Maximum value for T2. T2 is the time at which the client contacts any available server to extend the lifetimes of its addresses, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “INFINITY”

factor-t2

The default factor for calculating T2 if it hasn’t been set already. This is specified as a fraction of the shortest lifetime of the addresses in the IANAOption.

Default: “0.8”

Iapd-timing-limits

Automatically set the T1 and T2 timers on IAPD Options based on given limits.

Example 
<iapd-timing-limits>
    min-t1 30m
    max-t1 12h
    factor-t1 0.5

    min-t2 30m
    max-t2 1d
    factor-t2 0.8
</iapd-timing-limits>
Section parameters
min-t1

Minimum value for T1. T1 is the time at which the client contacts the server from which the prefixes were obtained to extend their lifetimes, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “0”

max-t1

Maximum value for T1. T1 is the time at which the client contacts the server from which the prefixes were obtained to extend their lifetimes, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “INFINITY”

factor-t1

The default factor for calculating T1 if it hasn’t been set already. This is specified as a fraction of the shortest lifetime of the prefixes in the IAPDOption.

Default: “0.5”

min-t2

Minimum value for T2. T2 is the time at which the client contacts any available server to extend the lifetimes of its prefixes, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “0”

max-t2

Maximum value for T2. T2 is the time at which the client contacts any available server to extend the lifetimes of its prefixes, specified in seconds after the current time.

Default: “INFINITY”

factor-t2

The default factor for calculating T2 if it hasn’t been set already. This is specified as a fraction of the shortest lifetime of the prefixes in the IAPDOption.

Default: “0.8”

Ignore-request

When this handler is activated it tells the server to immediately stop all processing and ignore the request. The server will not send any response to the client.

Example 
<ignore-request>
    message-type solicit
</ignore-request>
Section parameters
message-type (multiple allowed)

The name of a message type to ignore. Can be for example solicit or information-request.

Default: Ignore all messages

Inf-max-rt

This sections sets the INF_MAX_RT value that will be sent to the client. Specify the number of seconds to send as the section name. The value must be between 60 and 86400 seconds.

Example 
<inf-max-rt>
    limit 43200
    always-send yes
</inf-max-rt>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

limit (required)

Specify the number of seconds to send as INF_SOL_RT. The value must be between 60 and 86400 seconds.

Example: “21600”

Leasequery

Implement the Leasequery protocol (RFC 5007) and Bulk Leasequery protocol (RFC 5460).

Example 
<leasequery>
    allow-from 2001:db8::ffff:1
    allow-from 2001:db8:1:2::/64

    sensitive-option sip-servers-domain-name-list
    sensitive-option sip-servers-address-list

    <lq-sqlite /var/lib/dhcpkit/leasequery.sqlite />
</leasequery>
Section parameters
allow-from (multiple allowed)

Leasequeries are not used for normal operations. They can disclose information about clients on your network. Therefore you can specify from which clients to accept leasequeries.

Not specifying any trusted clients will allow leasequeries from everywhere. This is strongly not recommended.

Also note that this only limits which clients may use the leasequery protocol. Clients that are performing bulk leasequeries also need to set up a TCP connection to this server. This has to be explicitly allowed in the Listen-tcp listener.

Example:

allow-from 2001:db8::ffff:1
allow-from 2001:db8:beef::/48
sensitive-option (multiple allowed)

DHCPv6 servers SHOULD be configurable with a list of “sensitive options” that must not be returned to the requestor when specified in the OPTION_ORO of the OPTION_LQ_QUERY option in the LEASEQUERY message. Any option on this list MUST NOT be returned to a requestor, even if requested by that requestor.

Example:

sensitive-option recursive-name-servers
sensitive-option 23
Possible sub-section types
Leasequery_store (required)
Configuration sections that define Leasequery stores. Each leasequery section must configure exactly one store. Stores perform the storing of lease data at the end of a DHCPv6 request. They also handle the queries from Leasequery clients to search in that stored data.
Map-e

Configure MAP-E mappings to send to a client.

Example 
<map-e>
    <map-rule>
        ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:f000::/36
        ipv4-prefix 192.0.2.0/24
        contiguous-ports 64
        sharing-ratio 16
        forwarding-mapping yes
    </map-rule>

    <map-rule>
        ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:9500::/40
        ipv4-prefix 198.51.100.0/24
        contiguous-ports 4
        sharing-ratio 256
    </map-rule>

    br-address 2001:db8::1
    br-address 2001:db8::2
</map-e>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

br-address (required, multiple allowed)
The IPv6 address of the Border Relay (a.k.a. AFTR) to use for reaching IPv4 sites outside the configured mappings.
Possible sub-section types
Map-rule (required, multiple allowed)
A mapping rule for MAP implementations.
Map-t

Configure MAP-T mappings to send to a client.

Example 
<map-t>
    <map-rule>
        ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:f000::/36
        ipv4-prefix 192.0.2.0/24
        contiguous-ports 64
        sharing-ratio 16
        forwarding-mapping yes
    </map-rule>

    <map-rule>
        ipv6-prefix 2001:db8:9500::/40
        ipv4-prefix 198.51.100.0/24
        contiguous-ports 4
        sharing-ratio 256
    </map-rule>

    default-mapping 2001:db8:0:1::/64
</map-t>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

default-mapping (required)
The /64 prefix to use for reaching IPv4 sites outside the configured mappings.
Possible sub-section types
Map-rule (required, multiple allowed)
A mapping rule for MAP implementations.
Ntp-servers

This sections adds NTP servers to the response sent to the client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be combined into one set of NTP servers which is sent to the client.

Example 
<ntp-servers>
    server-fqdn time-d.nist.gov
    server-address 2610:20:6F15:15::27
    multicast-address ff08::101
</ntp-servers>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

<multiple> (required, multiple allowed)

The key is the type of NTP server reference and the data is the corresponding reference. Built-in NTP server reference types are ‘server-fqdn’, ‘server-address’ and ‘multicast-address’.

Example: “server-fqdn time-d.nist.gov”

Preference

This handler adds a preference level to the response.

Example 
<preference>
    level 255
</preference>
Section parameters
level (required)
The preference level. Higher is better. Preference 255 tells the client that it doesn’t have to wait for other DHCPv6 servers anymore and that it should request from this server immediately.
Rate-limit

The most common reason that clients keep sending requests is when they get an answer they don’t like. The best way to slow them down is to just stop responding to them.

Example 
<rate-limit>
    key remote-id
    rate = 5
    per = 30
</rate-limit>
Section parameters
key

The key to use to distinguish between clients. By default the DUID is used, but depending on your environment a different key may be appropriate. Possible values are:

  • duid
  • interface-id
  • remote-id
  • subscriber-id
  • linklayer-id

If the chosen key is not available in the incoming request then the rate limiter will automatically fall back to identification by DUID.

Default: “duid”

rate

The number of messages that a client may send per time slot.

Default: “5”

per

The duration of a time slot in seconds.

Default: “30”

burst

The burst size allowed.

Default: The same as the rate.

Recursive-name-servers

This sections adds recursive name servers to the response sent to the client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be combined into one set of recursive name servers which is sent to the client.

Example 
<recursive-name-servers>
    address 2001:4860:4860::8888
    address 2001:4860:4860::8844
</recursive-name-servers>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

address (required, multiple allowed)

The IPv6 address of a recursive name server.

Example: “2001:db8:1::53”

Server-unicast

This handler tells clients that they may contact it using unicast.

Example 
<server-unicast>
    address 2001:db8::1:2:3
</server-unicast>
Section parameters
address (required)
The IPv6 unicast address that the client may send requests to
Sip-server-addresses

This sections adds SIP server addresses to the response sent to the client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be combined into one set of servers which is sent to the client.

Example 
<sip-server-addresses>
    address 2001:db8::1
    address 2001:db8::2
</sip-server-addresses>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

address (required, multiple allowed)

The IPv6 address of a SIP server.

Example: “2001:db8::1”

Sip-server-names

This sections adds SIP server domain names to the response sent to the client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be combined into one set of domain names which is sent to the client.

The option MAY contain multiple domain names, but these SHOULD refer to different NAPTR records, rather than different A records.

Example 
<sip-server-names>
    domain-name example.org
</sip-server-names>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

domain-name (required, multiple allowed)

The domain name to add to the list. This should refer to a NAPTR record.

Example: “example.com”

Sntp-servers

This sections adds SNTP servers to the response sent to the client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be combined into one set of SNTP servers which is sent to the client.

Example 
<sntp-servers>
    address 2610:20:6F15:15::27
</sntp-servers>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

address (required, multiple allowed)

IPv6 address of an SNTP server

Example: “2610:20:6F15:15::27”

Sol-max-rt

This sections sets the SOL_MAX_RT value that will be sent to the client.

Example 
<sol-max-rt>
    limit 43200
    always-send yes
</sol-max-rt>
Section parameters
always-send

Always send this option, even if the client didn’t ask for it.

Default: “no”

limit (required)

Specify the number of seconds to send as MAX_SOL_RT. The value must be between 60 and 86400 seconds.

Example: “21600”

Static-csv

This section specifies that clients get their address and/or prefix assigned based on the contents of a CSV file. The filename is given as the name of the section. Relative paths are resolved relative to the configuration file.

The CSV file must have a heading defining the field names, and the fields id, address and prefix must be present. All other columns are ignored.

The id can refer to the DUID of the client, the Interface-ID provided by the DHCPv6 relay closest to the client or the Remote-ID provided by the DHCPv6 relay closest to the client. It is specified in one of these formats:

duid:hex-value
where hex-value is a hexadecimal string containing the DUID of the client.
interface-id:value
where value is the value of the interface-id in hexadecimal notation.
interface-id-str:value
where value is the value of the interface-id in ascii notation.
remote-id:enterprise-number:value
where enterprise-number is an enterprise number as registered with IANA and value is the value of the remote-id in hexadecimal notation.
remote-id-str:enterprise-number:value
where enterprise-number is an enterprise number as registered with IANA and value is the value of the remote-id in ascii notation.
subscriber-id:value
where value is the value of the subscriber-id in hexadecimal notation.
subscriber-id-str:value
where value is the value of the subscriber-id in ascii notation.
linklayer-id:type:value
where type is a hardware type assigned by the IANA, as described in RFC 826 (ethernet has type number 1) and value is the value of the link-layer address in hexadecimal notation.
linklayer-id-str:type:value
where type is a hardware type assigned by the IANA, as described in RFC 826 (ethernet has type number 1) and value is the value of the link-layer address in ascii notation.

The address column can contain an IPv6 address and the prefix column can contain an IPv6 prefix in CIDR notation. Both the address and prefix columns may have empty values.

For example:

id,address,prefix
duid:000100011d1d6071002436ef1d89,,2001:db8:0201::/48
interface-id:4661322f31,2001:db8:0:1::2:2,2001:db8:0202::/48
interface-id-str:Fa2/2,2001:db8:0:1::2:3,
remote-id:9:020023000001000a0003000100211c7d486e,2001:db8:0:1::2:4,2001:db8:0204::/48
remote-id-str:40208:SomeRemoteIdentifier,2001:db8:0:1::2:5,2001:db8:0205::/48
Example 
<static-csv data/assignments.csv>
    address-preferred-lifetime 1d
    address-valid-lifetime 7d
    prefix-preferred-lifetime 3d
    prefix-valid-lifetime 30d
</static-csv>
Section parameters
address-preferred-lifetime

The preferred lifetime of assigned addresses. This is the time that the client should use it as the source address for new connections. After the preferred lifetime expires the address remains valid but becomes deprecated.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “7d”

address-valid-lifetime

The valid lifetime of assigned addresses. After this lifetime expires the client is no longer allowed to use the assigned address.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “30d”

prefix-preferred-lifetime

The preferred lifetime of assigned prefixes. This is the time that the client router should use as a preferred lifetime value when advertising prefixes to its clients.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “7d”

prefix-valid-lifetime

The valid lifetime of assigned prefixes. This is the time that the client router should use as a valid lifetime value when advertising prefixes to its clients.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “30d”

Static-sqlite

This section specifies that clients get their address and/or prefix assigned based on the contents of a SQLite database. The filename of the database is given as the name of the section. Relative paths are resolved relative to the configuration file.

The main advantages of using a SQLite database instead of a CSV file are:

  • The CSV implementation reads all assignments into memory on startup, the SQLite implementation doesn’t
  • The SQLite file can be modified while the server is running, and the changes are used without the need to restart the server.

The SQLite database needs to have a table called assignments with TEXT columns id, address and prefix. Their contents use the same structure as the corresponding columns in the CSV file.

The ipv6-dhcp-build-sqlite command can be used to convert a CSV file into the right SQLite database format.

Example 
<static-sqlite data/assignments.sqlite>
    address-preferred-lifetime 1d
    address-valid-lifetime 7d
    prefix-preferred-lifetime 3d
    prefix-valid-lifetime 30d
</static-csv>
Section parameters
address-preferred-lifetime

The preferred lifetime of assigned addresses. This is the time that the client should use it as the source address for new connections. After the preferred lifetime expires the address remains valid but becomes deprecated.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “7d”

address-valid-lifetime

The valid lifetime of assigned addresses. After this lifetime expires the client is no longer allowed to use the assigned address.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “30d”

prefix-preferred-lifetime

The preferred lifetime of assigned prefixes. This is the time that the client router should use as a preferred lifetime value when advertising prefixes to its clients.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “7d”

prefix-valid-lifetime

The valid lifetime of assigned prefixes. This is the time that the client router should use as a valid lifetime value when advertising prefixes to its clients.

The value is specified in seconds. For ease of use these suffixes may be used: ‘s’ (seconds), ‘m’ (minutes), ‘h’ (hours), or ‘d’ (days).

Default: “30d”

Leasequery_store

Configuration sections that define Leasequery stores. Each leasequery section must configure exactly one store. Stores perform the storing of lease data at the end of a DHCPv6 request. They also handle the queries from Leasequery clients to search in that stored data.

Lq-sqlite

This leasequery store will store observed leases seen in DHCPv6 reply messages in the SQLite database whose name is provided as the name of the section. It implements the query types from both the Leasequery (RFC 5007) and Bulk Leasequery (RFC 5460) protocol extensions.

Example 
<lq-sqlite /var/lib/dhcpkit/leasequery.sqlite />
Listeners

Configuration sections that define listeners. These are usually the network interfaces that a DHCPv6 server listens on, like the well-known multicast address on an interface, or a unicast address where a DHCPv6 relay can send its requests to.

Listen-interface

This listener listens to the DHCPv6 server multicast address on the interface specified as the name of this section. This is useful to listen for clients on a directly connected LAN.

Example 
<listen-interface eth0>
    listen-to-self yes
    reply-from fe80::1
    link-address 2001:db8::1
</listen-interface>
Section parameters
mark (multiple allowed)

Every incoming request can be marked with different tags. That way you can handle messages differently based on i.e. which listener they came in on. Every listener can set one or more marks. Also see the Marked-with filter.

Default: “unmarked”

listen-to-self

Usually the server doesn’t listen to requests coming from the local host. If you want the server to assign addresses to itself (also useful when debugging) then enable this.

Default: “no”

reply-from

The link-local address to send replies from

Default: The first link-local address found on the interface

link-address

A global unicast address used to identify the link to filters and handlers. It doesn’t even need to exist.

Default: The first global unicast address found on the interface, or :: otherwise

Listen-tcp

This listener listens for TCP connections on the unicast address specified as the name of the section. This is for BulkLeasequery support, but as an extension the server will also answer other types of messages.

Example 
<listen-tcp>
    address 2001:db8::1:2

    allow-from 2001:db8::ffff:1
    allow-from 2001:db8:1:2::/64
</listen-tcp>
Section parameters
mark (multiple allowed)

Every incoming request can be marked with different tags. That way you can handle messages differently based on i.e. which listener they came in on. Every listener can set one or more marks. Also see the Marked-with filter.

Default: “unmarked”

address (required)

Accept TCP connections on the specified address.

Example: “2001:db8::ffff:1”

max-connections

Limit the number of accepted TCP connections. Servers MUST be able to limit the number of currently accepted and active connections.

Example: “20”

Default: “10”

allow-from (multiple allowed)

TCP connections are not used for normal operations. They are used by Leasequery clients and other trusted clients for management purposes. Therefore you can specify from which clients to accept connections.

Not specifying any trusted clients will allow connections from everywhere. This is strongly not recommended.

Also note that this only limits which clients may set up a TCP connection to this server. The leasequery section contains a list of clients which are allowed to use the leasequery protocol. Clients that are allowed to connect over TCP should probably also be allowed to perform leasequeries.

Example:

allow-from 2001:db8::ffff:1
allow-from 2001:db8:beef::/48
Listen-unicast

This listener listens to the unicast address specified as the name of the section. This is useful when you configure a DHCP relay to forward requests to this server.

Example 
<listen-unicast 2001:db8::1:2 />
Section parameters
mark (multiple allowed)

Every incoming request can be marked with different tags. That way you can handle messages differently based on i.e. which listener they came in on. Every listener can set one or more marks. Also see the Marked-with filter.

Default: “unmarked”

Loghandler

Log-handlers output log entries to somewhere. If you want to send your logs somewhere configure one of these. There are log-handlers to show log entries on the console. Send them to a syslog process, server, etc.

Console

Log to console.

Example 
<console>
    level debug-handling
    color yes
</console>
Section parameters
level

The log level. Only log messages with a priority of this level or higher are logged to this output. Possible values are:

“critical”
Log critical errors that prevent the server from working
“error”
Log errors that occur
“warning”
Log warning messages that might indicate a problem
“info”
Log informational messages
“debug”
Log messages that are usually only useful when debugging issues
“debug-packets”
Log the sending and receiving of packets
“debug-handling”
Log everything about how a request is handled

Default: “warning”

color

Whether to show log entries in colour

Default: auto-detect colour support

File

Log to a file. The name of the section is the filename of the log file.

Example 
<file /var/log/dhcpkit/dhcpd.log>
    rotate daily
    keep 7
    level info
</file>
Section parameters
level

The log level. Only log messages with a priority of this level or higher are logged to this output. Possible values are:

“critical”
Log critical errors that prevent the server from working
“error”
Log errors that occur
“warning”
Log warning messages that might indicate a problem
“info”
Log informational messages
“debug”
Log messages that are usually only useful when debugging issues
“debug-packets”
Log the sending and receiving of packets
“debug-handling”
Log everything about how a request is handled

Default: “warning”

rotate

Rotate the log file automatically. Valid options are:

“hourly” or “hour”
Rotate the log file every hour
“daily” or “day”
Rotate the log file every day
“weekly” or “week”
Rotate the log file every week
“size”
Rotate the log file based on size

Default: do not rotate based

size
When rotating based on size a file size must be specified. You can use the suffixed “kb”, “mb” or “gb” to make the value more readable.
keep
When rotating log files you must specify how many files to keep.
Syslog

Log to local syslog. The name of the section is the destination, which can be a hostname:port or a unix socket file name. Relative names are resolved relative to the directory containing the configuration file.

Example 
# This will try to auto-detect the syslog socket using the default level
<syslog />

# This logs explicitly to the specified socket using a non-default facility
<syslog /var/run/syslog>
    facility local3
    level info
</syslog>

# This logs explicitly to the specified socket using a non-default protocol
<syslog collector.example.com:514>
    facility local1
    protocol tcp
</syslog>
Section parameters
level

The log level. Only log messages with a priority of this level or higher are logged to this output. Possible values are:

“critical”
Log critical errors that prevent the server from working
“error”
Log errors that occur
“warning”
Log warning messages that might indicate a problem
“info”
Log informational messages
“debug”
Log messages that are usually only useful when debugging issues
“debug-packets”
Log the sending and receiving of packets
“debug-handling”
Log everything about how a request is handled

Default: “warning”

facility

Use the specified log facility. The available facilities are system-dependent but usually include “daemon”, “local0” to “local7”, “auth”, “user” and “syslog”.

Default: “daemon”

protocol

Use a datagram (“dgram” or “udp”) or stream (“stream” or “tcp”) connection

Default: “dgram”

Developer’s guide

Adapting dhcpkit to your needs might require some custom development. There are several areas where you can customise the server’s behaviour:

Writing custom options

Implementing new options usually comes down to writing a new Option class to store the option’s content, validate the option’s contents, and parse and generate the bytes that represent the option on the wire.

Class properties

Each option class must have a property that defines the option type code implemented by the class. The list of option codes is maintained by IANA. A common way of setting the option type code is by defining a constant for the code and then using that in the class definition for readability:

OPTION_DNS_SERVERS = 23

class RecursiveNameServersOption(Option):
    option_type = OPTION_DNS_SERVERS
Constructor and properties

Because an option (any ProtocolElement) is defined by its type and contents, the constructor must reflect that: all relevant properties must correspond to parameters of the option’s constructor. This requirement makes it possible to automate comparison of protocol elements and to print their state in a readable __str__() and parseable __repr__() format.

An example is RecursiveNameServersOption.__init__(). As you can see dns_servers is both the name of the constructor parameter as the name of the state variable:

    def __init__(self, dns_servers: Iterable[IPv6Address] = None):
        self.dns_servers = list(dns_servers or [])
        """List of IPv6 addresses of resolving DNS servers"""
Validation

Next is the validation. Each option must be able to verify if its state is acceptable and can be encoded to bytes that can be sent on the wire.

Note

Additionally the validator may make sure that the information makes sense, but be aware that incoming messages that violate these checks will be rejected before even reaching the message handler, so make sure that is what you want.

An example is RecursiveNameServersOption.validate() which checks that dns_servers is a list of IPv6Address:

    def validate(self):
        """
        Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.
        """
        if not isinstance(self.dns_servers, list):
            raise ValueError("DNS servers must be a list")

        for address in self.dns_servers:
            if not isinstance(address, IPv6Address):
                raise ValueError("DNS server must be an IPv6 address")
Parsing and generating binary representation

These are the most complex parts of an Option implementation. The load_from() method must be able to parse valid binary representations of the option. Its parameters are a string of bytes and an optional offset and length. It should start parsing at the specified offset and read up to the specified length from the buffer. The load_from() method must return the number of bytes that it has used/parsed so that the caller knows which offset to give to any subsequent option parsers.

All options start with the same fields, which include the option type and the length of the option. That part is called the option header and is parsed with parse_option_header(). This will automatically make sure that the length the caller provided is enough to contain this option’s data.

An option parser should make sure that all read data is verified and that all the data up to the option length is read and parsed. After parsing the data the properties of the object should correspond to the binary string’s contents.

Here is the implementation of RecursiveNameServersOption.load_from():

    def load_from(self, buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) -> int:
        """
        Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may
        contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

        :param buffer: The buffer to read data from
        :param offset: The offset in the buffer where to start reading
        :param length: The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
        :return: The number of bytes used from the buffer
        """
        my_offset, option_len = self.parse_option_header(buffer, offset, length)
        header_offset = my_offset

        if option_len % 16 != 0:
            raise ValueError('DNS Servers Option length must be a multiple of 16')

        # Parse the addresses
        self.dns_servers = []
        max_offset = option_len + header_offset
        while max_offset > my_offset:
            address = IPv6Address(buffer[offset + my_offset:offset + my_offset + 16])
            self.dns_servers.append(address)
            my_offset += 16

        return my_offset

The reverse operation of load_from() is save(). It should generate bytes to represent its properties. Here is the implementation of RecursiveNameServersOption.save():

    def save(self) -> Union[bytes, bytearray]:
        """
        Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

        :return: The buffer with the data from this element
        """
        buffer = bytearray()
        buffer.extend(pack('!HH', self.option_type, len(self.dns_servers) * 16))
        for address in self.dns_servers:
            buffer.extend(address.packed)

        return buffer

Note

Determining which option type is next in the incoming bytes, creating the right object for it and then loading its state with load_from() from bytes is so common that there is a shortcut for that: parse(). This uses the option registry to determine the correct object class. See Option.determine_class().

Note

load_from() must be able to parse all valid binary representations of the option. Calling save() should produce the original binary representation again. The following should be true:

# A RecursiveNameServersOption:
from dhcpkit.ipv6.options import Option
from dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns import RecursiveNameServersOption

binary_representation = b'\x00\x17\x00 ' \
    b' \x01H`H`\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x88\x88' \
    b' \x01H`H`\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x88D'

read_bytes, parsed_option = Option.parse(binary_representation)
assert type(parsed_option) == RecursiveNameServersOption
assert binary_representation == parsed_option.save()
Registering new options

New options must be registered so that the server knows which classes are available for parsing DHCP options. This is done by defining entry points in the setup script:

setup(
    name='dhcpkit_demo_extension',
    ...
    entry_points={
        'dhcpkit.ipv6.options': [
            '65535 = dhcpkit_demo_extension.package.module:MyOptionClass',
        ],
    },
)

Each protocol element also keeps track of which (sub)options it may contain. According to RFC 3646#section-5 the recursive name servers option may appear in Solicit, Advertise, Request, Renew, Rebind, Information-Request, and Reply messages. We need to let the classes for those messages know that they may contain this option:

SolicitMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)
AdvertiseMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)
RequestMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)
RenewMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)
RebindMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)
InformationRequestMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)
ReplyMessage.add_may_contain(RecursiveNameServersOption, 0, 1)

Here we have specified that the RecursiveNameServersOption has a min_occurrence of 0 and a max_occurrence of 1 in each of these message types. If no min_occurrence and max_occurrence are specified when calling add_may_contain() they default to 0 and infinite respectively.

Writing custom handlers

Writing a custom handler is, together with writing custom options, the most common way of customising the DHCPKit server. Handlers process the incoming message and adapt the outgoing message. There are many things a handler could do. Some of the common use cases are:

Basic handler structure

All handlers must be subclasses of Handler or RelayHandler. Each handler must be registered as a server extension so that the server code is aware of their existence.

A handler usually implements its functionality by overriding the handle() method (or handle_relay() in the case of RelayHandler). This method gets a TransactionBundle as its only parameter bundle. The bundle contains all the information available about a request and the response. Handlers providing information (e.g. DNS information) commonly look at whether the client included an OptionRequestOption in its request and based on that information decide to add an extra option to the response.

Because there are several very common patterns here are some base classes you can use:

Loading handlers from the configuration file

There are two parts to creating new handlers that can be used in the configuration file. The first part is the XML definition of what the configuration section looks like. The second part is a factory function or object that will create the handler from the configuration.

Defining the configuration section

If you want your handler to be loadable from the configuration file you need to provide a ZConfig component.xml schema file that determines what your configuration section will look like. A configuration section definition can look like this:

<component xmlns="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/zopefoundation/ZConfig/master/doc/schema.dtd"
           prefix="dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.config">

    <sectiontype name="recursive-name-servers"
                 extends="option_handler_factory_base"
                 implements="handler_factory"
                 datatype=".RecursiveNameServersOptionHandlerFactory">

        <description><![CDATA[
            This sections adds recursive name servers to the response sent to the
            client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be
            combined into one set of recursive name servers which is sent to the
            client.
        ]]></description>

        <example><![CDATA[
            <recursive-name-servers>
                address 2001:4860:4860::8888
                address 2001:4860:4860::8844
            </recursive-name-servers>
        ]]></example>

        <multikey name="address" attribute="addresses" required="yes"
                  datatype="ipaddress.IPv6Address">
            <description>
                The IPv6 address of a recursive name server.
            </description>
            <example>
                2001:db8:1::53
            </example>
        </multikey>
    </sectiontype>

    <sectiontype name="domain-search-list"
                 extends="option_handler_factory_base"
                 implements="handler_factory"
                 datatype=".DomainSearchListOptionHandlerFactory">

        <description><![CDATA[
            This sections adds domain names to the domain search list sent to the
            client. If there are multiple sections of this type then they will be
            combined into one set of domain names which is sent to the client.
        ]]></description>

        <example><![CDATA[
            <domain-search-list>
                domain-name example.com
                domain-name example.net
                domain-name example.org
            </domain-search-list>
        ]]></example>

        <multikey name="domain-name" attribute="domain_names" required="yes"
                  datatype="dhcpkit.common.server.config_datatypes.domain_name">
            <description>
                The domain name to add to the search list.
            </description>
            <example>
                example.com
            </example>
        </multikey>
    </sectiontype>
</component>

This component describes two section types: recursive-name-servers and domain-search-list. They both have implements="handler_factory" which makes them usable as a handler. The datatypes of the sections are relative to prefix="dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.config" because they start with a ..

The datatypes of <key> and <multikey> elements can be one of the ZConfig predefined types or anything that can be called like a function which accepts the string value of what the user put into the configuration file as its single parameter. Its return value is stored as the value. This behaviour also allows you to provide a class as the datatype. Its constructor will be called with a single string argument. In the example above you can see this for the <multikey name="address" ... where the datatype is the IPv6Address class from ipaddress.

The <description> and <example> tags are used when generating documentation. The whole configuration section of this manual is created based on such tags!

Writing the handler factory

After parsing a section and converting its values using the specified datatypes, the datatype of the sectiontype will be called with a ZConfig.SectionValue object containing all the values as its only parameter. The return value of that datatype must be callable as a function, which acts as a factory for the actual handler.

Note

The reason that a factory is used is for privilege separation. The configuration file is read as the user that started the server process, usually root, while the factory is called with the privileges of the user and group that the server is configured to run as. This makes sure that e.g. all files created by a handler have the right ownership.

The easiest way to write a handler factory is to create a subclass of HandlerFactory and create the Handler in the implementation of the create() method. Because HandlerFactory is a subclass of ConfigSection you can use its functionality to assist with processing configuration sections. If some of the values in the configuration are optional and the default value has to be determined at runtime you can modify section in clean_config_section(). If the configuration values need extra validation then do so in validate_config_section(). For convenience you can access the configuration values both as self.section.xyz and as self.xyz.

If you want your section to have a “name” like in:

<static-csv data/assignments.csv>
    prefix-preferred-lifetime 3d
    prefix-valid-lifetime 30d
</static-csv>

You can set the name_datatype to the function or class that should be used to parse the name.

This is a complete example that uses both the name and other section values:

class CSVStaticAssignmentHandlerFactory(HandlerFactory):
    """
    Factory for a handler that reads assignments from a CSV file
    """

    name_datatype = staticmethod(existing_file)

    def create(self) -> CSVStaticAssignmentHandler:
        """
        Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

        :return: A handler object
        """

        # Get the lifetimes
        address_preferred_lifetime = self.address_preferred_lifetime
        address_valid_lifetime = self.address_valid_lifetime
        prefix_preferred_lifetime = self.prefix_preferred_lifetime
        prefix_valid_lifetime = self.prefix_valid_lifetime

        return CSVStaticAssignmentHandler(
            self.name,
            address_preferred_lifetime, address_valid_lifetime,
            prefix_preferred_lifetime, prefix_valid_lifetime
        )
Handler initialisation

Handlers are initialised in two steps. The first step is when the factory creates the handler object. This happens in the main server process just before the worker processes are spawned. Those worker processes get a copy of the handlers when the worker is being initialised. This is done by pickling the MessageHandler and all the filters and handlers it contains. The advantage is that workers don’t need to initialise everything themselves (especially if that initialisation can take a long time, like when parsing a CSV file) but it also means that things that cannot be pickled can therefore not be initialised when creating the handler. Therefore handlers have a separate worker_init() method that is called inside each worker. Initialisation that need to happen in each worker process (for example opening database connections) can be done there.

Registering new handlers

New handlers must be registered so that the server knows which sections are available when parsing the server configuration. This is done by defining entry points in the setup script:

setup(
    name='dhcpkit_demo_extension',
    ...
    entry_points={
        'dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions': [
            'handler-name = dhcpkit_demo_extension.package',
        ],
    },
)

If the package contains a file called component.xml then that file is used as an extension to the configuration file syntax.

More advanced message handling

If necessary a handler can do pre() and post() processing. Pre processing can be useful in cases where an incoming request has to be checked to see if it should be handled at all or whether processing should be aborted. Post processing can be used for cleaning up, checking that all required options are included in the response, committing leases to persistent storage, etc.

The post processing stage is especially important to handlers that assign resources. In the handle() method the handler puts its assignments in the response. That doesn’t mean that that response is actually sent to the client. Another handler might change the response or abort the processing later.

Handlers that have to store state should do that during post processing after verifying the response. If rapid commit is active the response might even have changed from an AdvertiseMessage to a ReplyMessage. Handlers that store data based on whether a resource was only advertised or whether it was actually assigned must look at the response being sent to determine that.

Handling rapid commit

Usually rapid commit is handled by its own built-in handler. If a handler does not want a rapid commit to happen it can set the allow_rapid_commit attribute of the transaction bundle to False. The built-in handler will take that into account when deciding whether it performs a rapid commit or not.

Rules for handlers that assign resources

Options meant for assigning addresses and prefixes like IANAOption, IATAOption and IAPDOption are a bit more complex to handle. The way handlers are designed in dhcpkit is that each such option can be handled by one handler. A handler that assigns addresses should use the bundle.get_unhandled_options method to find those options in the request that haven’t been handled yet:

After handling an option the handler must mark that option as handled by calling bundle.mark_handled with the handled option as parameter. This will let handlers that are executed later know which options still need to be handled.

When handling ConfirmMessage, ReleaseMessage and DeclineMessage the handler should behave as follows:

  • It should mark as handled the options that it is responsible for
  • If the confirm/release/decline is successful it should not modify the response
  • If the confirm/release/decline is not successful it should put the appropriate options and/or status code in the response
  • If a previous handler has already put a negative status code in the response then that status code should be left intact

The built-in message handler will automatically apply handlers that check for any unhandled options and set the status code if it hasn’t been set by any other handler.

Aborting message handling

There are cases where a handler decides that the current request should not be handled by this server at all. One example is when a handler determines that the ServerIdOption in the request refers to a difference DUID than that of the server. In those cases the handler can throw a CannotRespondError exception. This will stop all processing and prevent a response from being sent to the client.

A handler should not abort in the post processing phase. When post processing starts all handlers should be able to assume that the response is finished and that they can rely on the response being sent.

Example of a Handler

This is the implementation of RecursiveNameServersOptionHandler. As you can see most of the code is for processing the configuration data so that this handler can be added through the configuration file as described in the Recursive-name-servers manual page.

class RecursiveNameServersOptionHandler(SimpleOptionHandler):
    """
    Handler for putting RecursiveNameServersOption in responses
    """

    def __init__(self, dns_servers: Iterable[IPv6Address], always_send: bool = False):
        option = RecursiveNameServersOption(dns_servers=dns_servers)
        option.validate()

        super().__init__(option, always_send=always_send)

    def __str__(self):
        return "{} with {}".format(self.__class__.__name__, ', '.join(map(str, self.option.dns_servers)))

    def combine(self, existing_options: Iterable[RecursiveNameServersOption]) -> RecursiveNameServersOption:
        """
        Combine multiple options into one.

        :param existing_options: The existing options to include name servers from
        :return: The combined option
        """
        addresses = []

        # Add from existing options first
        for option in existing_options:
            for address in option.dns_servers:
                if address not in addresses:
                    addresses.append(address)

        # Then add our own
        for address in self.option.dns_servers:
            if address not in addresses:
                addresses.append(address)

        # And return a new option with the combined addresses
        return RecursiveNameServersOption(dns_servers=addresses)
Example of a RelayHandler

This is the implementation of InterfaceIdOptionHandler which copies InterfaceIdOption from incoming relay messages to outgoing relay messages. The implementation is very simple:

class InterfaceIdOptionHandler(CopyRelayOptionHandler):
    """
    The handler for InterfaceIdOptions in relay messages
    """

    def __init__(self):
        super().__init__(InterfaceIdOption)

If you are developing software to work with DHCPKit you probably want to know all the modules, classes and functions you can use. Below is a complete list of everything in the package:

dhcpkit package

DHCPKit internals

Subpackages
dhcpkit.common package

Common components that might be usable for both IPv4 and IPv6

Subpackages
dhcpkit.common.logging package

Common logging related functionality

Submodules
dhcpkit.common.logging.verbosity module

Basic console logging based on verbosity

dhcpkit.common.logging.verbosity.set_verbosity_logger(logger: logging.Logger, verbosity: int, existing_console: logging.Handler = None)[source]

Install a console based logger based based on the given verbosity.

Parameters:
  • logger – The logger to add the handlers to
  • verbosity – The verbosity level given as command line argument
  • existing_console – The existing console handler
dhcpkit.common.server package

Common components that might be usable for both an IPv4 and an IPv6 server

Subpackages
dhcpkit.common.server.logging package

Common logging component

Submodules
dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_datatypes module

Datatypes useful for the logging component

dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_datatypes.logging_level(value: str) → int[source]

Convert the strings representing logging levels to their numerical value

Parameters:value – The string representing the logging level
Returns:Numerical logging level
dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_datatypes.rotation_style(value: str) → str[source]

Determine the rotation style.

Parameters:value – String representation of rotation style
Returns:Normalised rotation style
dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_datatypes.syslog_facility(value: str) → int[source]

Convert the strings representing syslog facilities to their numerical value

Parameters:value – The string representing the syslog facility
Returns:Numerical syslog facility
dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_datatypes.udp_or_tcp(value: str) → int[source]

Convert the strings “udp” and “tcp” to SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_STREAM respectively

Parameters:value – The string “udp” or “tcp”
Returns:SOCK_DGRAM or SOCK_STREAM
dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_elements module

The basic configuration objects for logging

class dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_elements.ConsoleHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Factory for a logging handler that logs to the console, optionally in colour.

create() → logging.StreamHandler[source]

Create a console handler

Returns:The logging handler
validate_config_section()[source]

Validate the colorlog setting

class dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_elements.FileHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Factory for a logging handler that logs to a file, optionally rotating it.

create() → logging.StreamHandler[source]

Create a console handler

Returns:The logging handler
static name_datatype(v)
validate_config_section()[source]

Validate if the combination of settings is valid

class dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_elements.Logging(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigSection

Class managing the configured logging handlers.

configure(logger: logging.Logger, verbosity: int = 0) → int[source]

Add all configured handlers to the supplied logger. If verbosity > 0 then make sure we have a console logger and force the level of the console logger based on the verbosity.

Parameters:
  • logger – The logger to add the handlers to
  • verbosity – The verbosity level given as command line argument
Returns:

The lowest log level that is going to be handled
validate_config_section()[source]

Check for duplicate handlers

class dhcpkit.common.server.logging.config_elements.SysLogHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Factory for a logging handler that logs to syslog.

clean_config_section()[source]

Fill in the name automatically if not given

create() → logging.handlers.SysLogHandler[source]

Create a syslog handler

Returns:The logging handler
default_destinations = ('/dev/log', '/var/run/syslog', 'localhost:514')
static name_datatype(value)
Submodules
dhcpkit.common.server.config_datatypes module

Extra datatypes for the IPv6 DHCP server

dhcpkit.common.server.config_datatypes.domain_name(value: str) → str[source]

Validate and clean a domain name.

Parameters:value – Domain name
Returns:Validated and cleaned domain name
dhcpkit.common.server.config_datatypes.user_name(value: str) → pwd.struct_passwd[source]

Validate the given user name

Parameters:value – User name
Returns:Resolved user
dhcpkit.common.server.config_datatypes.group_name(value: str) → grp.struct_group[source]

Validate the given group name

Parameters:value – Group name
Returns:Resolved group
dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements module

The basic configuration objects

class dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigSection

Base class for factories to create elements from configuration

create(*args, **kwargs) → object[source]

Override this method to create the element.

Returns:The element
class dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigSection(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: object

Basic configuration section

clean_config_section()[source]

Clean up the config, calculating defaults etc.

name = None

The parsed value of the section name

name_datatype = None

The datatype of the name of this section. Sections with datatype None cannot have a name

section = None

The SectionValue we received as input from the parser

to_str(indent: int = 0) → str[source]

Return a readable string representation of this element. Because it is not in the real configuration file format we don’t attempt to make it look like one. We intentionally make it look different.

Parameters:indent – How much indentation at the start of this element
Returns:The formatted representation
validate_config_section()[source]

Validate if the information in the config section is acceptable

Submodules
dhcpkit.common.privileges module

Common code to handle privileges

dhcpkit.common.privileges.drop_privileges(user: pwd.struct_passwd, group: grp.struct_group, permanent: bool = True)[source]

Drop root privileges and change to something more safe.

Parameters:
  • user – The tuple with user info
  • group – The tuple with group info
  • permanent – Whether we want to drop just the euid (temporary), or all uids (permanent)
dhcpkit.common.privileges.restore_privileges()[source]

Restore root privileges

dhcpkit.ipv6 package

Constants relevant for the IPv6 DHCP protocol

Subpackages
dhcpkit.ipv6.client package

DHCPv6 client related code

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery module

A simple DHCPv6 client to send/receive messages from a DHCPv6 server

class dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.ClientSocket[source]

Bases: object

Base class for client sockets

recv() → Tuple[source]

Receive a DHCPv6 message

Returns:The message
send(message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message) → ipaddress.IPv6Address[source]

Send a DHCPv6 message

Parameters:message – The message
set_timeout(timeout: float)[source]

Set the timeout on the socket

Parameters:timeout – Timeout in seconds
class dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.TCPClientSocket(options)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.ClientSocket

Client socket for TCP connections

recv() → Tuple[source]

Receive a DHCPv6 message

Returns:The message
send(message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message) → ipaddress.IPv6Address[source]

Send a DHCPv6 message

Parameters:message – The message
set_timeout(timeout: float)[source]

Set the timeout on the socket

Parameters:timeout – Timeout in seconds
class dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.UDPClientSocket(options)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.ClientSocket

Client socket for UDP connections

recv() → Tuple[source]

Receive a DHCPv6 message

Returns:The message
send(message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message) → ipaddress.IPv6Address[source]

Send a DHCPv6 message

Parameters:message – The message
set_timeout(timeout: float)[source]

Set the timeout on the socket

Parameters:timeout – Timeout in seconds
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.create_client_address_query(options) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption[source]

Create query option for address query.

Parameters:options – Options from the main argument parser
Returns:The Leasequery
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.create_client_id_query(options) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption[source]

Create query option for client-id query.

Parameters:options – Options from the main argument parser
Returns:The Leasequery

Create query option for link-address query.

Parameters:options – Options from the main argument parser
Returns:The Leasequery
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.create_relay_id_query(options) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption[source]

Create query option for relay-id query.

Parameters:options – Options from the main argument parser
Returns:The Leasequery
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.create_remote_id_query(options) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption[source]

Create query option for remote-id query.

Parameters:options – Options from the main argument parser
Returns:The Leasequery
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.handle_args(args: Iterable)[source]

Handle the command line arguments.

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The arguments object
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.main(args: Iterable) → int[source]

The main program

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.parse_duid(duid_str: str) → dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID[source]

Parse a string representing a DUID into a real DUID

Parameters:duid_str – The string representation
Returns:The DUID object
dhcpkit.ipv6.client.test_leasequery.run() → int[source]

Run the main program and handle exceptions

Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions package

Module containing extensions to the basic DHCPv6 RFC.

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.bulk_leasequery module

Implementation of the Bulk Leasequery protocol extension as specified in RFC 5460.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.bulk_leasequery.LeasequeryDataMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

The LEASEQUERY-DATA message carries data about a single DHCPv6 client’s leases and/or PD bindings on a single link. The purpose of the message is to reduce redundant data when there are multiple bindings to be sent. The LEASEQUERY-DATA message MUST be preceded by a LEASEQUERY-REPLY message. The LEASEQUERY-REPLY carries the query’s status, the Leasequery’s Client-ID and Server-ID options, and the first client’s binding data if the query was successful.

LEASEQUERY-DATA MUST ONLY be sent in response to a successful LEASEQUERY, and only if more than one client’s data is to be sent. The LEASEQUERY-DATA message’s transaction-id field MUST match the transaction-id of the LEASEQUERY request message. The Server-ID, Client-ID, and OPTION_STATUS_CODE options SHOULD NOT be included: that data should be constant for any one Bulk Leasequery reply, and should have been conveyed in the LEASEQUERY-REPLY message.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 17
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.bulk_leasequery.LeasequeryDoneMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

The LEASEQUERY-DONE message indicates the end of a group of related Leasequery replies. The LEASEQUERY-DONE message’s transaction-id field MUST match the transaction-id of the LEASEQUERY request message. The presence of the message itself signals the end of a stream of reply messages. A single LEASEQUERY-DONE MUST BE sent after all replies (a successful LEASEQUERY-REPLY and zero or more LEASEQUERY-DATA messages) to a successful Bulk Leasequery request that returned at least one binding.

A server may encounter an error condition after it has sent the initial LEASEQUERY-REPLY. In that case, it SHOULD attempt to send a LEASEQUERY-DONE with an OPTION_STATUS_CODE option indicating the error condition to the requestor. Other DHCPv6 options SHOULD NOT be included in the LEASEQUERY-DONE message.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 16
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.bulk_leasequery.RelayIdOption(duid: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5460#section-5.4.1

The Relay-ID option carries a DUID [RFC3315]. A relay agent MAY include the option in Relay-Forward messages it sends. Obviously, it will not be possible for a server to respond to QUERY_BY_RELAY_ID queries unless the relay agent has included this option. A relay SHOULD be able to generate a DUID for this purpose, and capture the result in stable storage. A relay SHOULD also allow the DUID value to be configurable: doing so allows an administrator to replace a relay agent while retaining the association between the relay and existing DHCPv6 bindings.

A DHCPv6 server MAY associate Relay-ID options from Relay-Forward messages it processes with prefix delegations and/or lease bindings that result. Doing so allows it to respond to QUERY_BY_RELAY_ID Leasequeries.

The format of the Relay-ID option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_RELAY_ID         |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                              DUID                             .
.                        (variable length)                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_RELAY_ID (53).
option-len
Length of DUID in octets.
DUID
The DUID for the relay agent.
duid = None

The DUID of the relay agent

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 53
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.client_fqdn module

Implementation of the Client FQDN option as specified in RFC 4704.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.client_fqdn.ClientFQDNOption(flags: int = 0, domain_name: str = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

To update the IPv6-address-to-FQDN mapping, a DHCPv6 server needs to know the FQDN of the client for the addresses for the client’s IA_NA bindings. To allow the client to convey its FQDN to the server, this document defines a new DHCPv6 option called “Client FQDN”. The Client FQDN option also contains Flags that DHCPv6 clients and servers use to negotiate who does which updates.

The code for this option is 39. Its minimum length is 1 octet.

The format of the DHCPv6 Client FQDN option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_FQDN          |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   flags       |                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               |
.                                                               .
.                          domain-name                          .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_CLIENT_FQDN (39).
option-len
1 + length of domain name.
flags
flag bits used between client and server to negotiate who performs which updates.
domain-name
the partial or fully qualified domain name (with length option-len - 1).

The Client FQDN option MUST only appear in a message’s options field and applies to all addresses for all IA_NA bindings in the transaction.

4.1. The Flags Field

The format of the Flags field is:

 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|  MBZ    |N|O|S|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

The “S” bit indicates whether the server SHOULD or SHOULD NOT perform the AAAA RR (FQDN-to-address) DNS updates. A client sets the bit to 0 to indicate that the server SHOULD NOT perform the updates and 1 to indicate that the server SHOULD perform the updates. The state of the bit in the reply from the server indicates the action to be taken by the server; if it is 1, the server has taken responsibility for AAAA RR updates for the FQDN.

The “O” bit indicates whether the server has overridden the client’s preference for the “S” bit. A client MUST set this bit to 0. A server MUST set this bit to 1 if the “S” bit in its reply to the client does not match the “S” bit received from the client.

The “N” bit indicates whether the server SHOULD NOT perform any DNS updates. A client sets this bit to 0 to request that the server SHOULD perform updates (the PTR RR and possibly the AAAA RR based on the “S” bit) or to 1 to request that the server SHOULD NOT perform any DNS updates. A server sets the “N” bit to indicate whether the server SHALL (0) or SHALL NOT (1) perform DNS updates. If the “N” bit is 1, the “S” bit MUST be 0.

The remaining bits in the Flags field are reserved for future assignment. DHCPv6 clients and servers that send the Client FQDN option MUST clear the MBZ bits, and they MUST ignore these bits.

4.2. The Domain Name Field

The Domain Name part of the option carries all or part of the FQDN of a DHCPv6 client. The data in the Domain Name field MUST be encoded as described in Section 8 of [5]. In order to determine whether the FQDN has changed between message exchanges, the client and server MUST NOT alter the Domain Name field contents unless the FQDN has actually changed.

A client MAY be configured with a fully qualified domain name or with a partial name that is not fully qualified. If a client knows only part of its name, it MAY send a name that is not fully qualified, indicating that it knows part of the name but does not necessarily know the zone in which the name is to be embedded.

To send a fully qualified domain name, the Domain Name field is set to the DNS-encoded domain name including the terminating zero-length label. To send a partial name, the Domain Name field is set to the DNS-encoded domain name without the terminating zero-length label.

A client MAY also leave the Domain Name field empty if it desires the server to provide a name.

Servers SHOULD send the complete fully qualified domain name in Client FQDN options.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
no_server_dns_update

Extract the N flag

Returns:Whether the N flag is set
option_type = 39
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
server_aaaa_override

Extract the O flag

Returns:Whether the O flag is set
server_aaaa_update

Extract the S flag

Returns:Whether the S flag is set
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns module

Implementation of DNS options as specified in RFC 3646.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns.DomainSearchListOption(search_list: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3646#section-4

The Domain Search List option specifies the domain search list the client is to use when resolving hostnames with DNS. This option does not apply to other name resolution mechanisms.

The format of the Domain Search List option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_DOMAIN_LIST       |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                          searchlist                           |
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_DOMAIN_LIST (24).
option-len
Length of the ‘searchlist’ field in octets.
searchlist
The specification of the list of domain names in the Domain Search List.

The list of domain names in the ‘searchlist’ MUST be encoded as specified in section “Representation and use of domain names” of RFC 3315.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 24
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
search_list = None

List of domain names to use as a search list

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns.RecursiveNameServersOption(dns_servers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3646#section-3

The DNS Recursive Name Server option provides a list of one or more IPv6 addresses of DNS recursive name servers to which a client’s DNS resolver MAY send DNS queries [1]. The DNS servers are listed in the order of preference for use by the client resolver.

The format of the DNS Recursive Name Server option is:

0                   1                   2                   3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_DNS_SERVERS       |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|            DNS-recursive-name-server (IPv6 address)           |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|            DNS-recursive-name-server (IPv6 address)           |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_DNS_SERVERS (23).
option-len
Length of the list of DNS recursive name servers in octets; must be a multiple of 16.
DNS-recursive-name-server
IPv6 address of DNS recursive name server.
dns_servers = None

List of IPv6 addresses of resolving DNS servers

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 23
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dslite module

Implementation of DS-Lite AFTR Name option as specified in RFC 6334.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dslite.AFTRNameOption(fqdn: str = '')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 6334#section-3

The AFTR-Name option consists of option-code and option-len fields (as all DHCPv6 options have), and a variable-length tunnel-endpoint- name field containing a fully qualified domain name that refers to the AFTR to which the client MAY connect.

The AFTR-Name option SHOULD NOT appear in any DHCPv6 messages other than the following: Solicit, Advertise, Request, Renew, Rebind, Information-Request, and Reply.

The format of the AFTR-Name option is shown in the following figure:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+
|    OPTION_AFTR_NAME: 64       |          option-len           |
+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+
|                                                               |
|                  tunnel-endpoint-name (FQDN)                  |
|                                                               |
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
OPTION_AFTR_NAME
64
option-len
Length of the tunnel-endpoint-name field in octets.
tunnel-endpoint-name
A fully qualified domain name of the AFTR tunnel endpoint.
fqdn = None

Domain name of the AFTR tunnel endpoint

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 64
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery module

Implementation of the Leasequery protocol extension as specified in RFC 5007.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.CLTTimeOption(clt_time: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5007#section-4.1.2.3

The Client Last Transaction Time option is encapsulated in an OPTION_CLIENT_DATA and identifies how long ago the server last communicated with the client, in seconds.

The format of the Client Last Transaction Time option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_CLT_TIME        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                 client-last-transaction-time                  |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_CLT_TIME (46)
option-len
4
client-last-transaction-time
The number of seconds since the server last communicated with the client (on that link).

The client-last-transaction-time is a positive value and reflects the number of seconds since the server last communicated with the client (on that link).

clt_time = None

The number of seconds since the server last communicated with the client

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 46
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.ClientDataOption(options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5007#section-4.1.2.2

The Client Data option is used to encapsulate the data for a single client on a single link in a LEASEQUERY-REPLY message.

The format of the Client Data option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_CLIENT_DATA      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                        client-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_CLIENT_DATA (45)
option-len
Length, in octets, of the encapsulated client-options field.
client-options
The options associated with this client.

The encapsulated client-options include the OPTION_CLIENTID, OPTION_IAADDR, OPTION_IAPREFIX, and OPTION_CLT_TIME options and other options specific to the client and requested by the requestor in the OPTION_ORO in the OPTION_LQ_QUERY’s query-options. The server MUST return all of the client’s statefully assigned addresses and delegated prefixes, with a non-zero valid lifetime, on the link.

get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 45
options = None

The options associated with this client

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5007#section-4.1.2.5

The Client Link option is used only in a LEASEQUERY-REPLY message and identifies the links on which the client has one or more bindings. It is used in reply to a query when no link-address was specified and the client is found to be on more than one link.

The format of the Client Link option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_LQ_CLIENT_LINK     |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                  link-address (IPv6 address)                  |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                  link-address (IPv6 address)                  |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_LQ_CLIENT_LINK (48)
option-len
Length of the list of links in octets; must be a multiple of 16.
link-address
A global address used by the server to identify the link on which the client is located.

A server may respond to a query by client-id, where the 0::0 link- address was specified, with this option if the client is found to be on multiple links. The requestor may then repeat the query once for each link-address returned in the list, specifying the returned link- address. If the client is on a single link, the server SHOULD return the client’s data in an OPTION_CLIENT_DATA option.

Global addresses used by the server to identify the link on which the client is located

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 48
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption(query_type: int = 0, link_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5007#section-4.1.2.1

The Query option is used only in a LEASEQUERY message and identifies the query being performed. The option includes the query type, link- address (or 0::0), and option(s) to provide data needed for the query.

The format of the Query option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_LQ_QUERY        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   query-type  |                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               |
|                                                               |
|                         link-address                          |
|                                                               |
|               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|               |                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               .
.                         query-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_LQ_QUERY (44)
option-len
17 + length of query-options field.
link-address
A global address that will be used by the server to identify the link to which the query applies, or 0::0 if unspecified.
query-type
The query requested (see below).
query-options
The options related to the query.

The query-type and required query-options are:

QUERY_BY_ADDRESS (1)
The query-options MUST contain an OPTION_IAADDR option [2]. The link-address field, if not 0::0, specifies an address for the link on which the client is located if the address in the OPTION_IAADDR option is of insufficient scope. Only the information for the client that has a lease for the specified address or was delegated a prefix that contains the specified address is returned (if available).
QUERY_BY_CLIENTID (2)
The query-options MUST contain an OPTION_CLIENTID option [2]. The link-address field, if not 0::0, specifies an address for the link on which the client is located. If the link-address field is 0::0, the server SHOULD search all of its links for the client.

The query-options MAY also include an OPTION_ORO option [2] to indicate the options for each client that the requestor would like the server to return. Note that this OPTION_ORO is distinct and separate from an OPTION_ORO that may be in the requestor’s LEASEQUERY message.

If a server receives an OPTION_LQ_QUERY with a query-type it does not support, the server SHOULD return an UnknownQueryType status-code. If a server receives a supported query-type but the query-options is missing a required option, the server SHOULD return a MalformedQuery status-code.

This checking of mandatory options is done in the server code, not in validate().

display_query_type() → dhcpkit.protocol_element.ElementDataRepresentation[source]

Nicer representation of query types :return: Representation of query type

get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options

A global address that will be used by the server to identify the link to which the query applies

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 44
options = None

The options related to the query

query_type = None

The query requested

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQRelayDataOption(peer_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, relay_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayForwardMessage = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5007#section-4.1.2.4

The Relay Data option is used only in a LEASEQUERY-REPLY message and provides the relay agent information used when the client last communicated with the server.

The format of the Relay Data option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_LQ_RELAY_DATA      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                  peer-address (IPv6 address)                  |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                       DHCP-relay-message                      |
.                                                               .
.                                                               .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_LQ_RELAY_DATA (47)
option-len
16 + length of DHCP-relay-message.
peer-address
The address of the relay agent from which the relayed message was received by the server.
DHCP-relay-message
The last complete relayed message, excluding the client’s message OPTION_RELAY_MSG, received by the server.

This option is used by the server to return full relay agent information for a client. It MUST NOT be returned if the server does not have such information, either because the client communicated directly (without relay agent) with the server or if the server did not retain such information.

If returned, the DHCP-relay-message MUST contain a valid (perhaps multi-hop) RELAY-FORW message as the most recently received by the server for the client. However, the (innermost) OPTION_RELAY_MSG option containing the client’s message MUST have been removed.

This option SHOULD only be returned if requested by the OPTION_ORO of the OPTION_LQ_QUERY.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 47
peer_address = None

The address of the relay agent from which the relayed message was received by the server.

relay_message = None

The options related to the query

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

The LEASEQUERY and LEASEQUERY-REPLY messages use the Client/Server message formats. A requestor sends a LEASEQUERY message to any available server to obtain information on a client’s leases. The options in an OPTION_LQ_QUERY determine the query.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 14
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryReplyMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

The LEASEQUERY and LEASEQUERY-REPLY messages use the Client/Server message formats. A server sends a LEASEQUERY-REPLY message containing client data in response to a LEASEQUERY message.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 15
dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.linklayer_id module

Implementation of the Client LinkLayer Address relay option as specified in RFC 6939.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.linklayer_id.LinkLayerIdOption(link_layer_type: int = 0, link_layer_address: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 6939#section-4

The format of the DHCPv6 Client Link-Layer Address option is shown below.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| OPTION_CLIENT_LINKLAYER_ADDR  |           option-length       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   link-layer type (16 bits)   |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
|               link-layer address (variable length)            |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_CLIENT_LINKLAYER_ADDR (79)
option-length
2 + length of link-layer address
link-layer type
Client link-layer address type. The link-layer type MUST be a valid hardware type assigned by the IANA, as described in RFC 826
link-layer address
Client link-layer address

Nicer representation of hardware types :return: Representation of hardware type

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 79
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map module

Implementation of MAP options as specified in RFC 7598.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46BROption(br_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7598#section-4.2

The S46 BR option (OPTION_S46_BR) is used to convey the IPv6 address of the Border Relay. Figure 3 shows the format of the OPTION_S46_BR option.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         OPTION_S46_BR         |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                      br-ipv6-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                     Figure 3: S46 BR Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_BR (90)
option-length
16
br-ipv6-address
a fixed-length field of 16 octets that specifies the IPv6 address for the S46 BR.

BR redundancy can be implemented by using an anycast address for the BR IPv6 address. Multiple OPTION_S46_BR options MAY be included in the container; this document does not further explore the use of multiple BR IPv6 addresses.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 90
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46ContainerOption(options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

Common code for MAP-E, MAP-T and LW4over6 containers

get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 0
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46DMROption(dmr_prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7598#section-4.3

The S46 DMR option (OPTION_S46_DMR) is used to convey values for the Default Mapping Rule (DMR). Figure 4 shows the format of the OPTION_S46_DMR option used for conveying a DMR.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_S46_DMR         |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|dmr-prefix6-len|            dmr-ipv6-prefix                    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+           (variable length)                   |
.                                                              .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                    Figure 4: S46 DMR Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_DMR (91)
option-length
1 + length of dmr-ipv6-prefix specified in octets.
dmr-prefix6-len
8 bits long; expresses the bitmask length of the IPv6 prefix specified in the dmr-ipv6-prefix field. Allowed values range from 0 to 128.
dmr-ipv6-prefix
a variable-length field specifying the IPv6 prefix or address for the BR. This field is right-padded with zeros to the nearest octet boundary when dmr-prefix6-len is not divisible by 8.
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 91
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46LWContainerOption(options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46ContainerOption

RFC 7598#section-5.3

The S46 Lightweight 4over6 Container option (OPTION_S46_CONT_LW) specifies the container used to group all rules and optional port parameters for a specified domain.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_S46_CONT_LW       |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
+            encapsulated-options (variable length)             .
.                                                               .
+---------------------------------------------------------------+

        Figure 9: S46 Lightweight 4over6 Container Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_CONT_LW (96)
option-length
length of encapsulated options, expressed in octets.
encapsulated-options
options associated with this Softwire46 Lightweight 4over6 domain.

The encapsulated-options field conveys options specific to the OPTION_S46_CONT_LW option. Currently, there are two options specified: OPTION_S46_V4V6BIND and OPTION_S46_BR. There MUST be at most one OPTION_S46_V4V6BIND option and at least one OPTION_S46_BR option.

option_type = 96
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46MapEContainerOption(options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46ContainerOption

RFC 7598#section-5.1

The S46 MAP-E Container option (OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPE) specifies the container used to group all rules and optional port parameters for a specified domain.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPE   |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.            encapsulated-options (variable length)             .
.                                                               .
+---------------------------------------------------------------+

              Figure 7: S46 MAP-E Container Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPE (94)
option-length
length of encapsulated options, expressed in octets.
encapsulated-options
options associated with this Softwire46 MAP-E domain.

The encapsulated-options field conveys options specific to the OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPE option. Currently, there are two encapsulated options specified: OPTION_S46_RULE and OPTION_S46_BR. There MUST be at least one OPTION_S46_RULE option and at least one OPTION_S46_BR option.

Other options applicable to a domain may be defined in the future. A DHCPv6 message MAY include multiple OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPE options (representing multiple domains).

option_type = 94
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46MapTContainerOption(options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46ContainerOption

RFC 7598#section-5.2

The S46 MAP-T Container option (OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPT) specifies the container used to group all rules and optional port parameters for a specified domain.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPT      |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.            encapsulated-options (variable length)             .
.                                                               .
+---------------------------------------------------------------+

              Figure 8: S46 MAP-T Container Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPT (95)
option-length
length of encapsulated options, expressed in octets.
encapsulated-options
options associated with this Softwire46 MAP-T domain.

The encapsulated-options field conveys options specific to the OPTION_S46_CONT_MAPT option. Currently, there are two options specified: the OPTION_S46_RULE and OPTION_S46_DMR options. There MUST be at least one OPTION_S46_RULE option and exactly one OPTION_S46_DMR option.

option_type = 95
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46PortParametersOption(offset: int = 0, psid_len: int = 0, psid: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7598#section-4.5

The S46 Port Parameters option (OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS) specifies optional port set information that MAY be provided to CEs.

See Section 5.1 of [RFC7597] for a description of the MAP algorithm and detailed explanation of all of the parameters.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS     |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    offset     |   PSID-len    |             PSID              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

              Figure 6: S46 Port Parameters Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS (93)
option-length
4
offset
Port Set Identifier (PSID) offset. 8 bits long; specifies the numeric value for the S46 algorithm’s excluded port range/offset bits (a-bits), as per Section 5.1 of [RFC7597]. Allowed values are between 0 and 15. Default values for this field are specific to the softwire mechanism being implemented and are defined in the relevant specification document.
PSID-len
8 bits long; specifies the number of significant bits in the PSID field (also known as ‘k’). When set to 0, the PSID field is to be ignored. After the first ‘a’ bits, there are k bits in the port number representing the value of the PSID. Consequently, the address-sharing ratio would be 2^k.
PSID
16 bits long. The PSID value algorithmically identifies a set of ports assigned to a CE. The first k bits on the left of this field contain the PSID binary value. The remaining (16 - k) bits on the right are padding zeros.

When receiving the OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS option with an explicit PSID, the client MUST use this explicit PSID when configuring its softwire interface. The OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS option with an explicit PSID MUST be discarded if the S46 CE isn’t configured with a full IPv4 address (e.g., IPv4 prefix).

The OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS option is contained within an OPTION_S46_RULE option or an OPTION_S46_V4V6BIND option.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 93
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46RuleOption(flags: int = 0, ea_len: int = 0, ipv4_prefix: ipaddress.IPv4Network = None, ipv6_prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network = None, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7598#section-4.1

Figure 1 shows the format of the S46 Rule option (OPTION_S46_RULE) used for conveying the Basic Mapping Rule (BMR) and Forwarding Mapping Rule (FMR).

This option follows behavior described in Sections 17.1.1 and 18.1.1 of [RFC3315]. Clients can send those options, encapsulated in their respective container options, with specific values as hints for the server. See Section 5 for details. Depending on the server configuration and policy, it may accept or ignore the hints. Clients MUST be able to process received values that are different than the hints it sent earlier.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_S46_RULE        |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     flags     |     ea-len    |  prefix4-len  | ipv4-prefix   |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                  (continued)                  |  prefix6-len  |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                           ipv6-prefix                         |
|                       (variable length)                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                        S46_RULE-options                       .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                    Figure 1: S46 Rule Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_RULE (89)
option-length
length of the option, excluding option-code and option-length fields, including length of all encapsulated options; expressed in octets.
flags
8 bits long; carries flags applicable to the rule. The meanings of the specific bits are explained in Figure 2.
ea-len
8 bits long; specifies the Embedded Address (EA) bit length. Allowed values range from 0 to 48.
prefix4-len
8 bits long; expresses the prefix length of the Rule IPv4 prefix specified in the ipv4-prefix field. Allowed values range from 0 to 32.
ipv4-prefix
a fixed-length 32-bit field that specifies the IPv4 prefix for the S46 rule. The bits in the prefix after prefix4-len number of bits are reserved and MUST be initialized to zero by the sender and ignored by the receiver.
prefix6-len
8 bits long; expresses the length of the Rule IPv6 prefix specified in the ipv6-prefix field. Allowed values range from 0 to 128.
ipv6-prefix
a variable-length field that specifies the IPv6 domain prefix for the S46 rule. The field is padded on the right with zero bits up to the nearest octet boundary when prefix6-len is not evenly divisible by 8.
S46_RULE-options
a variable-length field that may contain zero or more options that specify additional parameters for this S46 rule. This document specifies one such option: OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS.

The format of the S46 Rule Flags field is:

     0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
    |Reserved     |F|
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

Figure 2: S46 Rule Flags
Reserved
7 bits; reserved for future use as flags.
F-flag

1-bit field that specifies whether the rule is to be used for forwarding (FMR). If set, this rule is used as an FMR; if not set, this rule is a BMR only and MUST NOT be used for forwarding.

Note: A BMR can also be used as an FMR for forwarding if the F-flag is set. The BMR is determined by a longest-prefix match of the Rule IPv6 prefix against the End-user IPv6 prefix(es).

It is expected that in a typical mesh deployment scenario there will be a single BMR, which could also be designated as an FMR using the F-flag.

fmr

Extract the F flag

Returns:Whether the F flag is set
get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 89
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46V4V6BindingOption(ipv4_address: ipaddress.IPv4Address = None, ipv6_prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network = None, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7598#section-4.4

The S46 IPv4/IPv6 Address Binding option (OPTION_S46_V4V6BIND) MAY be used to specify the full or shared IPv4 address of the CE. The IPv6 prefix field is used by the CE to identify the correct prefix to use for the tunnel source.

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_S46_V4V6BIND      |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                         ipv4-address                          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|bindprefix6-len|             bind-ipv6-prefix                  |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+             (variable length)                 |
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                      S46_V4V6BIND-options                     .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

         Figure 5: S46 IPv4/IPv6 Address Binding Option
option-code
OPTION_S46_V4V6BIND (92)
option-length
length of the option, excluding option-code and option-length fields, including length of all encapsulated options; expressed in octets.
ipv4-address
a fixed-length field of 4 octets specifying an IPv4 address.
bindprefix6-len
8 bits long; expresses the bitmask length of the IPv6 prefix specified in the bind-ipv6-prefix field. Allowed values range from 0 to 128.
bind-ipv6-prefix
a variable-length field specifying the IPv6 prefix or address for the S46 CE. This field is right-padded with zeros to the nearest octet boundary when bindprefix6-len is not divisible by 8.
S46_V4V6BIND-options
a variable-length field that may contain zero or more options that specify additional parameters. This document specifies one such option: OPTION_S46_PORTPARAMS.
get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 92
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp module

Implementation of NTP options as specified in RFC 5908.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPMulticastAddressSubOption(address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPSubOption

RFC 5908#section-4.2

This suboption is intended to appear inside the OPTION_NTP_SERVER option. It specifies the IPv6 address of the IPv6 multicast group address used by NTP on the local network.

The format of the NTP Multicast Address Suboption is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    NTP_SUBOPTION_MC_ADDR      |        suboption-len = 16     |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|                   Multicast IPv6 address                      |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
Multicast IPv6 address
An IPv6 address.
suboption-code
NTP_SUBOPTION_MC_ADDR (2).
suboption-len
address = None

IPv6 multicast group address

static config_datatype(value: str) → ipaddress.IPv6Address[source]

Convert string data from the configuration to an IPv6address.

Parameters:value – String from config file
Returns:Parsed IPv6 address
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
suboption_type = 2
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

value

Return a simple string representation of the value of this sub-option.

Returns:The value of this option as a string
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPServerAddressSubOption(address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPSubOption

RFC 5908#section-4.1

This suboption is intended to appear inside the OPTION_NTP_SERVER option. It specifies the IPv6 unicast address of an NTP server or SNTP server available to the client.

The format of the NTP Server Address Suboption is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    NTP_SUBOPTION_SRV_ADDR     |        suboption-len = 16     |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|                   IPv6 address of NTP server                  |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
IPv6 address of the NTP server
An IPv6 address.
suboption-code
NTP_SUBOPTION_SRV_ADDR (1).
suboption-len
address = None

IPv6 address of an NTP server

static config_datatype(value: str) → ipaddress.IPv6Address[source]

Convert string data from the configuration to an IPv6address.

Parameters:value – String from config file
Returns:Parsed IPv6 address
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
suboption_type = 1
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

value

Return a simple string representation of the value of this sub-option.

Returns:The value of this option as a string
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPServerFQDNSubOption(fqdn: str = '')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPSubOption

RFC 5908#section-4.3

This suboption is intended to appear inside the OPTION_NTP_SERVER option. It specifies the FQDN of an NTP server or SNTP server available to the client.

The format of the NTP Server FQDN Suboption is:

0                   1                   2                   3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    NTP_SUBOPTION_SRV_FQDN     |         suboption-len         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                      FQDN of NTP server                       |
:                                                               :
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
suboption-code
NTP_SUBOPTION_SRV_FQDN (3).
suboption-len
Length of the included FQDN field.
FQDN
Fully-Qualified Domain Name of the NTP server or SNTP server. This field MUST be encoded as described in RFC 3315, Section 8. Internationalized domain names are not allowed in this field.
static config_datatype(value: str) → str[source]

Convert string data from the configuration to, well, a string. But a validated string!

Parameters:value – String from config file
Returns:Parsed fqdn
fqdn = None

Domain name of an NTP server

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
suboption_type = 3
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

value

Return a simple string representation of the value of this sub-option.

Returns:The value of this option as a string
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPServersOption(options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 5908#section-4

This option serves as a container for server location information related to one NTP server or Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) RFC 4330 server. This option can appear multiple times in a DHCPv6 message. Each instance of this option is to be considered by the NTP client or SNTP client as a server to include in its configuration.

The option itself does not contain any value. Instead, it contains one or several suboptions that carry NTP server or SNTP server location. This option MUST include one, and only one, time source suboption. The currently defined time source suboptions are NTP_OPTION_SRV_ADDR, NTP_OPTION_SRV_MC_ADDR, and NTP_OPTION_SRV_FQDN. It carries the NTP server or SNTP server location as a unicast or multicast IPv6 address or as an NTP server or SNTP server FQDN. More time source suboptions may be defined in the future. While the FQDN option offers the most deployment flexibility, resiliency as well as security, the IP address options are defined to cover cases where a DNS dependency is not desirable.

If the NTP server or SNTP server location is an IPv6 multicast address, the client SHOULD use this address as an NTP multicast group address and listen to messages sent to this group in order to synchronize its clock.

The format of the NTP Server Option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_NTP_SERVER        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                         suboption-1                           |
:                                                               :
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                         suboption-2                           |
:                                                               :
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
:                                                               :
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                         suboption-n                           |
:                                                               :
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_NTP_SERVER (56).
option-len
Total length of the included suboptions.

This document does not define any priority relationship between the client’s embedded configuration (if any) and the NTP or SNTP servers discovered via this option. In particular, the client is allowed to simultaneously use its own configured NTP servers or SNTP servers and the servers discovered via DHCP.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 56
options = None

List of NTP server sub-options

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPSubOption[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement

RFC 5908

config_datatype = None
classmethod determine_class(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0) → type[source]

Return the appropriate subclass from the registry, or UnknownNTPSubOption if no subclass is registered.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
Returns:

The best known class for this suboption data
parse_suboption_header(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → Tuple[source]

Parse the option code and length from the buffer and perform some basic validation.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer and the value of the suboption-len field
suboption_type = 0
value

Return a simple string representation of the value of this sub-option.

Returns:The value of this option as a string
class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.UnknownNTPSubOption(suboption_type: int = 0, suboption_data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPSubOption

Container for raw NTP sub-option content for cases where we don’t know how to decode it.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
suboption_data = None

Data for this sub-option

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

value

Return a simple string representation of the value of this sub-option.

Returns:The value of this option as a string
dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp_suboption_registry module

The NTP suboption registry

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp_suboption_registry.NTPSuboptionRegistry[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.registry.Registry

Registry for NTP Suboptions

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ntp.suboptions'
get_name(item: object) → str[source]

Get the name for the by_name mapping.

Parameters:item – The item to determine the name of
Returns:The name to use as key in the mapping
dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.pd_exclude module

Implementation of the DHCPv6-PD-Exclude option as specified in RFC 4833.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.pd_exclude.PDExcludeOption(prefix_length: int = 64, subnet_id: bytes = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 6603#section-4.2

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE       |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|  prefix-len   | IPv6 subnet ID (1 to 16 octets)               ~
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                      Prefix Exclude Option
option-code:
OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE (67).
option-len:
1 + length of IPv6 subnet ID in octets. A valid option-len is between 2 and 17.
prefix-len:
The length of the excluded prefix in bits. The prefix-len MUST be between ‘OPTION_IAPREFIX prefix-length’+1 and 128.
IPv6 subnet ID:
A variable-length IPv6 subnet ID up to 128 bits.

The IPv6 subnet ID contains prefix-len minus ‘OPTION_IAPREFIX prefix- length’ bits extracted from the excluded prefix starting from the bit position ‘OPTION_IAPREFIX prefix-length’. The extracted subnet ID MUST be left-shifted to start from a full octet boundary, i.e., left- shift of ‘OPTION_IAPREFIX prefix-length’ mod 8 bits. The subnet ID MUST be zero-padded to the next full octet boundary.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 67
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.prefix_delegation module

Implementation of Prefix Delegation options as specified in RFC 3633.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.prefix_delegation.IAPDOption(iaid: bytes = b'x00x00x00x00', t1: int = 0, t2: int = 0, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3633#section-9

The IA_PD option is used to carry a prefix delegation identity association, the parameters associated with the IA_PD and the prefixes associated with it.

The format of the IA_PD option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         OPTION_IA_PD          |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                         IAID (4 octets)                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T1                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T2                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                          IA_PD-options                        .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_IA_PD (25).
option-length
12 + length of IA_PD-options field.
IAID
The unique identifier for this IA_PD; the IAID must be unique among the identifiers for all of this requesting router’s IA_PDs.
T1
The time at which the requesting router should contact the delegating router from which the prefixes in the IA_PD were obtained to extend the lifetimes of the prefixes delegated to the IA_PD; T1 is a time duration relative to the current time expressed in units of seconds.
T2
The time at which the requesting router should contact any available delegating router to extend the lifetimes of the prefixes assigned to the IA_PD; T2 is a time duration relative to the current time expressed in units of seconds.
IA_PD-options
Options associated with this IA_PD.

The IA_PD-options field encapsulates those options that are specific to this IA_PD. For example, all of the IA_PD Prefix Options carrying the prefixes associated with this IA_PD are in the IA_PD-options field.

An IA_PD option may only appear in the options area of a DHCP message. A DHCP message may contain multiple IA_PD options.

The status of any operations involving this IA_PD is indicated in a Status Code option in the IA_PD-options field.

Note that an IA_PD has no explicit “lifetime” or “lease length” of its own. When the valid lifetimes of all of the prefixes in a IA_PD have expired, the IA_PD can be considered as having expired. T1 and T2 are included to give delegating routers explicit control over when a requesting router should contact the delegating router about a specific IA_PD.

In a message sent by a requesting router to a delegating router, values in the T1 and T2 fields indicate the requesting router’s preference for those parameters. The requesting router sets T1 and T2 to zero if it has no preference for those values. In a message sent by a delegating router to a requesting router, the requesting router MUST use the values in the T1 and T2 fields for the T1 and T2 parameters. The values in the T1 and T2 fields are the number of seconds until T1 and T2.

The delegating router selects the T1 and T2 times to allow the requesting router to extend the lifetimes of any prefixes in the IA_PD before the lifetimes expire, even if the delegating router is unavailable for some short period of time. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are .5 and .8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the prefixes in the IA_PD that the delegating router is willing to extend, respectively. If the time at which the prefixes in an IA_PD are to be renewed is to be left to the discretion of the requesting router, the delegating router sets T1 and T2 to 0.

If a delegating router receives an IA_PD with T1 greater than T2, and both T1 and T2 are greater than 0, the delegating router ignores the invalid values of T1 and T2 and processes the IA_PD as though the delegating router had set T1 and T2 to 0.

If a requesting router receives an IA_PD with T1 greater than T2, and both T1 and T2 are greater than 0, the client discards the IA_PD option and processes the remainder of the message as though the delegating router had not included the IA_PD option.

get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
get_prefixes() → List[source]

Get all prefixes from IAPrefixOptions

Returns:list if prefixes
iaid = None

The unique identifier for this IA_PD

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 25
options = None

The list of options contained in this IAPDOption

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
t1 = None

The time at which the client contacts the server to renew its prefixes

t2 = None

The time at which the client contacts any available server to rebind its prefixes

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.prefix_delegation.IAPrefixOption(prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network = None, preferred_lifetime: int = 0, valid_lifetime: int = 0, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3633#section-10

The IA_PD Prefix option is used to specify IPv6 address prefixes associated with an IA_PD. The IA_PD Prefix option must be encapsulated in the IA_PD-options field of an IA_PD option.

The format of the IA_PD Prefix option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_IAPREFIX        |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                      preferred-lifetime                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        valid-lifetime                         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| prefix-length |                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+          IPv6 prefix                          |
|                           (16 octets)                         |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|               |                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               .
.                       IAprefix-options                        .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_IAPREFIX (26).
option-length
25 + length of IAprefix-options field.
preferred-lifetime
The recommended preferred lifetime for the IPv6 prefix in the option, expressed in units of seconds. A value of 0xFFFFFFFF represents infinity.
valid-lifetime
The valid lifetime for the IPv6 prefix in the option, expressed in units of seconds. A value of 0xFFFFFFFF represents infinity.
prefix-length
Length for this prefix in bits.
IPv6-prefix
An IPv6 prefix.
IAprefix-options
Options associated with this prefix.

In a message sent by a requesting router to a delegating router, the values in the fields can be used to indicate the requesting router’s preference for those values. The requesting router may send a value of zero to indicate no preference. A requesting router may set the IPv6 prefix field to zero and a given value in the prefix-length field to indicate a preference for the size of the prefix to be delegated.

In a message sent by a delegating router the preferred and valid lifetimes should be set to the values of AdvPreferredLifetime and AdvValidLifetime as specified in section 6.2.1, “Router Configuration Variables” of RFC 2461 [4], unless administratively configured.

A requesting router discards any prefixes for which the preferred lifetime is greater than the valid lifetime. A delegating router ignores the lifetimes set by the requesting router if the preferred lifetime is greater than the valid lifetime and ignores the values for T1 and T2 set by the requesting router if those values are greater than the preferred lifetime.

The values in the preferred and valid lifetimes are the number of seconds remaining for each lifetime.

An IA_PD Prefix option may appear only in an IA_PD option. More than one IA_PD Prefix Option can appear in a single IA_PD option.

The status of any operations involving this IA_PD Prefix option is indicated in a Status Code option in the IAprefix-options field.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 26
options = None

The list of options related to this IAPrefixOption

preferred_lifetime = None

The preferred lifetime of this IPv6 prefix

prefix = None

The IPv6 prefix

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
valid_lifetime = None

The valid lifetime of this IPv6 prefix

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.relay_echo_request module

Implementation of the Echo Request option as specified in RFC 4994.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.relay_echo_request.EchoRequestOption(requested_options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

The relay agent adds options in the Relay Forward message that the server uses to guide its decision making with regard to address assignment, prefix delegation, and configuration parameters. The relay agent also knows which of these options that it will need to efficiently return replies to the client. It uses the relay agent Echo Request option to inform the server of the list of relay agent options that the server must echo back.

The format of the DHCPv6 Relay Agent Echo Request option is shown below:

0                   1                   2                   3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|           OPTION_ERO          |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_ERO (43).
option-len
2 * number of requested options.
requested-option-code-n
The option code for an option requested by the relay agent.
display_requested_options() → List[source]

Provide a nicer output when displaying the requested options.

Returns:A list of option names
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 43
requested_options = None

The list of option type numbers that the relay wants to receive back

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.remote_id module

Implementation of Remote-ID option as specified in RFC 4649.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.remote_id.RemoteIdOption(enterprise_number: int = 0, remote_id: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 4649#section-3

This option may be added by DHCPv6 relay agents that terminate switched or permanent circuits and have mechanisms to identify the remote host end of the circuit.

The format of the DHCPv6 Relay Agent Remote-ID option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_REMOTE_ID        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       enterprise-number                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                           remote-id                           .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_REMOTE_ID (37).
option-len
4 + the length, in octets, of the remote-id field. The minimum option-len is 5 octets.
enterprise-number
The vendor’s registered Enterprise Number as registered with IANA [5].
remote-id
The opaque value for the remote-id.

The definition of the remote-id carried in this option is vendor specific. The vendor is indicated in the enterprise-number field. The remote-id field may be used to encode, for instance:

  • a “caller ID” telephone number for dial-up connection
  • a “user name” prompted for by a Remote Access Server
  • a remote caller ATM address
  • a “modem ID” of a cable data modem
  • the remote IP address of a point-to-point link
  • a remote X.25 address for X.25 connections
  • an interface or port identifier

Each vendor must ensure that the remote-id is unique for its enterprise-number, as the octet sequence of enterprise-number followed by remote-id must be globally unique. One way to achieve uniqueness might be to include the relay agent’s DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID) [1] in the remote-id.

enterprise_number = None

The enterprise number as registered with IANA

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 37
remote_id = None

The remote-id as bytes

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sip_servers module

Implementation of SIP options as specified in RFC 3319.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersAddressListOption(sip_servers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3319#section-3.2

This option specifies a list of IPv6 addresses indicating SIP outbound proxy servers available to the client. Servers MUST be listed in order of preference.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_SIP_SERVER_A      |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                   SIP server (IP address)                     |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                   SIP server (IP address)                     |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_SIP_SERVER_A (22).
option-length
Length of the ‘options’ field in octets; must be a multiple of 16.
SIP server
IPv6 address of a SIP server for the client to use. The servers are listed in the order of preference for use by the client.
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 22
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
sip_servers = None

List of IPv6 addresses of SIP servers

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersDomainNameListOption(domain_names: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3319#section-3.1

The option length is followed by a sequence of labels, encoded according to Section 3.1 of RFC 1035 [5], quoted below:

“Domain names in messages are expressed in terms of a sequence of labels. Each label is represented as a one octet length field followed by that number of octets. Since every domain name ends

with the null label of the root, a domain name is terminated by a length byte of zero. The high order two bits of every length octet must be zero, and the remaining six bits of the length field limit the label to 63 octets or less. To simplify implementations, the total length of a domain name (i.e., label octets and label length octets) is restricted to 255 octets or less.”

RFC 1035 encoding was chosen to accommodate future internationalized domain name mechanisms.

The option MAY contain multiple domain names, but these SHOULD refer to different NAPTR records, rather than different A records. The client MUST try the records in the order listed, applying the mechanism described in Section 4.1 of RFC 3263 [3] for each. The client only resolves the subsequent domain names if attempts to contact the first one failed or yielded no common transport protocols between client and server or denote a domain administratively prohibited by client policy. Domain names MUST be listed in order of preference.

Use of multiple domain names is not meant to replace NAPTR or SRV records, but rather to allow a single DHCP server to indicate outbound proxy servers operated by multiple providers.

The DHCPv6 option has the format shown here:

0                   1                   2                   3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_SIP_SERVER_D      |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                 SIP Server Domain Name List                   |
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_SIP_SERVER_D (21).
option-length
Length of the ‘SIP Server Domain Name List’ field in octets; variable.
SIP Server Domain Name List
The domain names of the SIP outbound proxy servers for the client to use. The domain names are encoded as specified in Section 8 (“Representation and use of domain names”) of the DHCPv6 specification [1].
domain_names = None

List of domain names of SIP servers

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 21
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sntp module

Implementation of SNTP option as specified in RFC 4075.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sntp.SNTPServersOption(sntp_servers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 4075#section-4

The Simple Network Time Protocol servers option provides a list of one or more IPv6 addresses of SNTP [3] servers available to the client for synchronization. The clients use these SNTP servers to synchronize their system time to that of the standard time servers. Clients MUST treat the list of SNTP servers as an ordered list. The server MAY list the SNTP servers in decreasing order of preference.

The option defined in this document can only be used to configure information about SNTP servers that can be reached using IPv6. The DHCP option to configure information about IPv4 SNTP servers can be found in RFC 2132 [4]. Mechanisms for configuring IPv4/IPv6 dual- stack applications are being considered, but are not specified in this document.

The format of the Simple Network Time Protocol servers option is as shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_SNTP_SERVERS       |        option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                  SNTP server (IPv6 address)                   |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                  SNTP server (IPv6 address)                   |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_SNTP_SERVERS (31).
option-len
Length of the ‘SNTP server’ fields, in octets; it must be a multiple of 16.
SNTP server
IPv6 address of SNTP server.
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 31
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
sntp_servers = None

List of IPv6 addresses of SNTP servers

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sol_max_rt module

Implementation of SOL-MAX-RT and INF-MAX-RT options as specified in RFC 7083.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sol_max_rt.InfMaxRTOption(inf_max_rt: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7083#section-5

A DHCPv6 server sends the INF_MAX_RT option to a client to override the default value of INF_MAX_RT. The value of INF_MAX_RT in the option replaces the default value defined in Section 3. One use for the INF_MAX_RT option is to set a longer value for INF_MAX_RT, which reduces the Information-request traffic from a client that has not received a response to its Information-request messages.

The format of the INF_MAX_RT option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          option-code          |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       INF_MAX_RT value                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_INF_MAX_RT (83).
option-len
INF_MAX_RT value
Overriding value for INF_MAX_RT in seconds; MUST be in range: 60 <= “value” <= 86400 (1 day).
inf_max_rt = None

The new value for INF_MAX_RT for the client

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 83
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sol_max_rt.SolMaxRTOption(sol_max_rt: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 7083#section-4

A DHCPv6 server sends the SOL_MAX_RT option to a client to override the default value of SOL_MAX_RT. The value of SOL_MAX_RT in the option replaces the default value defined in Section 3. One use for the SOL_MAX_RT option is to set a longer value for SOL_MAX_RT, which reduces the Solicit traffic from a client that has not received a response to its Solicit messages.

The format of the SOL_MAX_RT option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          option-code          |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       SOL_MAX_RT value                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_SOL_MAX_RT (82).
option-len
SOL_MAX_RT value
Overriding value for SOL_MAX_RT in seconds; MUST be in range: 60 <= “value” <= 86400 (1 day).
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 82
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
sol_max_rt = None

The new value of SOL_MAX_RT for the client

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.subscriber_id module

Implementation of Subscriber-ID option as specified in RFC 4580.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.subscriber_id.SubscriberIdOption(subscriber_id: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 4580#section-2

The subscriber-id information allows the service provider to assign/ activate subscriber-specific actions; e.g., assignment of specific IP addresses, prefixes, DNS configuration, trigger accounting, etc. This option is de-coupled from the access network’s physical structure, so a subscriber that moves from one access-point to another, for example, would not require reconfiguration at the service provider’s DHCPv6 servers.

The subscriber-id information is only intended for use within a single administrative domain and is only exchanged between the relay agents and DHCPv6 servers within that domain. Therefore, the format and encoding of the data in the option is not standardized, and this specification does not establish any semantic requirements on the data. This specification only defines the option for conveying this information from relay agents to DHCPv6 servers.

However, as the DHCPv4 Subscriber-ID suboption [3] specifies Network Virtual Terminal (NVT) American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) [4] encoded data, in environments where both DHCPv4 [5] and DHCPv6 are being used, it may be beneficial to use that encoding.

The format of the DHCPv6 Relay Agent Subscriber-ID option is shown below:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_SUBSCRIBER_ID      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                         subscriber-id                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_SUBSCRIBER_ID (38)
option-len
length, in octets, of the subscriber-id field. The minimum length is 1 octet.
subscriber-id
The subscriber’s identity.
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 38
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
subscriber_id = None

The subscriber-id as bytes

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.timezone module

Implementation of timezone options as specified in RFC 4833.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.timezone.PosixTimezoneOption(timezone: str = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|  OPTION_NEW_POSIX_TIMEZONE    |         option-length         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       TZ POSIX String                         |
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code:
OPTION_NEW_POSIX_TIMEZONE(41)
option-length:
the number of octets of the TZ POSIX String Index described below:

TZ POSIX string is a string suitable for the TZ variable as specified by IEEE 1003.1 in Section 8.3, with the exception that a string may not begin with a colon (“:”). This string is NOT terminated by an ASCII NULL.

Here is an example: EST5EDT4,M3.2.0/02:00,M11.1.0/02:00

In this case, the string is interpreted as a timezone that is normally five hours behind UTC, and four hours behind UTC during DST, which runs from the second Sunday in March at 02:00 local time through the first Sunday in November at 02:00 local time. Normally the timezone is abbreviated “EST” but during DST it is abbreviated “EDT”.

Clients and servers implementing other timezone options MUST support this option for basic compatibility.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 41
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.timezone.TZDBTimezoneOption(timezone: str = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|  OPTION_NEW_TZDB_TIMEZONE     |          option-length        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                            TZ Name                            |
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code:
OPTION_NEW_TZDB_TIMEZONE(42)
option-length:
the number of octets of the TZ Database String Index described below.

TZ Name is the name of a Zone entry in the database commonly referred to as the TZ database. Specifically, in the database’s textual form, the string refers to the name field of a zone line. In order for this option to be useful, the client must already have a copy of the database. This string is NOT terminated with an ASCII NULL.

An example string is: Europe/Zurich.

Clients must already have a copy of the TZ Database for this option to be useful. Configuration of the database is beyond the scope of this document. A client that supports this option SHOULD prefer this option to POSIX string if it recognizes the TZ Name that was returned. If it doesn’t recognize the TZ Name, the client MUST ignore this option.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 42
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.server package

The IPv6 DHCP server

Subpackages
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids package

Implementation of DUIDs in the configuration, used for example to configure the server-id.

Subpackages
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_en package

Configuration section for EnterpriseDUID

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_en.config module

Configuration section for EnterpriseDUID

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_en.config.duid_en(section) → dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.EnterpriseDUID[source]

Create a EnterpriseDUID from the data provided in the config section.

Parameters:section – The section data
Returns:The DUID object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_ll package

Configuration section for LinkLayerDUID

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_ll.config module

Configuration section for LinkLayerDUID

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_ll.config.duid_ll(section) → dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.LinkLayerDUID[source]

Create a LinkLayerDUID from the data provided in the config section.

Parameters:section – The section data
Returns:The DUID object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_llt package

Configuration section for LinkLayerTimeDUID

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_llt.config module

Configuration section for LinkLayerTimeDUID

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.duids.duid_llt.config.duid_llt(section) → dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.LinkLayerTimeDUID[source]

Create a LinkLayerDUID from the data provided in the config section.

Parameters:section – The section data
Returns:The DUID object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions package

Extensions to the basic DHCPv6 server

Subpackages
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.DomainSearchListOptionHandler(search_list: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting RecursiveNameServersOption in responses

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns.DomainSearchListOption[source]

Combine multiple options into one.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options to include domain names from
Returns:The combined option
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.RecursiveNameServersOptionHandler(dns_servers: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting RecursiveNameServersOption in responses

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dns.RecursiveNameServersOption[source]

Combine multiple options into one.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options to include name servers from
Returns:The combined option
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.config module

Configuration elements for the dns option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.config.DomainSearchListOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for the domain search list.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.DomainSearchListOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.config.RecursiveNameServersOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for recursive name servers.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dns.RecursiveNameServersOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dslite package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.dslite

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dslite.AFTRNameOptionHandler(fqdn: str, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting an AFTRNameOption in responses

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dslite.config module

Configuration elements for the DS-Lite server option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dslite.config.AFTRNameOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for the AFTR tunnel endpoint.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.dslite.AFTRNameOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery package

Implementation of the Leasequery and Bulk Leasequery extensions.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryHandler(store: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryStore, allow_from: Iterable = None, sensitive_options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

Handle leasequery requests and analyse replies that we send out to store any observed leases.

analyse_post(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Watch outgoing replies and store observed leases in the store.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle containing the outgoing reply
static generate_data_messages(transaction_id: bytes, leases: Iterator) → Iterator[source]

Generate a leasequery data message for each of the leases, followed by a leasequery done message.

Parameters:
  • transaction_id – The transaction ID to use in the messages
  • leases – An open iterator for the data we still need to return
Returns:

Leasequery messages to send to the client
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Perform leasequery if requested.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Make sure we allow this client to make leasequery requests.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
worker_init()[source]

Make sure the store gets a chance to initialise itself.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryStore[source]

Bases: object

Base class for leasequery stores

build_relay_data_option_from_relay_data(relay_data: bytes) → Union[source]

The relay data includes the outer relay message, which is generated inside the server to keep track of where we got the request from. When returning relay data to the leasequery client we build the LQRelayDataOption using this internal relay message only including the real relay messages we received.

Parameters:relay_data – The raw relay data
Returns:The LQRelayDataOption if applicable
static decode_duid(duid_str: str) → dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID[source]

Decode DUID from a string.

Parameters:duid_str – The DUID string
Returns:The DUID object
static decode_options(data: bytes) → Iterable[source]

Decode a list of options from bytes.

Parameters:data – The bytes
Returns:The list of options
static decode_relay_messages(data: bytes) → Union[source]

Decode a chain of relay messages from bytes.

Parameters:data – The bytes
Returns:The relay message
static decode_remote_id(remote_id_str: str) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.remote_id.RemoteIdOption[source]

Decode remote id from a string.

Parameters:remote_id_str – The remote-id string
Returns:The remote-id option
static encode_duid(duid: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID) → str[source]

Encode DUID as a string.

Parameters:duid – The DUID object
Returns:The string representing the DUID
encode_options(options: Iterable) → bytes[source]

Encode a list of options as bytes.

Parameters:options – The list of options
Returns:The bytes
encode_relay_messages(relay_chain: Union) → bytes[source]

Encode a chain of relay messages as bytes.

Parameters:relay_chain – The incoming relay messages
Returns:The bytes
static encode_remote_id(remote_id_option: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.remote_id.RemoteIdOption) → str[source]

Encode remote id as a string.

Parameters:remote_id_option – The remote-id option
Returns:The string representing the remote-id
static filter_options(options: Iterable, unwanted_option_types: Iterable) → Iterable[source]

Remove unwanted data from the options.

Parameters:
  • options – The options to filter
  • unwanted_option_types – List of option types to filter out
Returns:

The filtered options
filter_requested_options(options: Iterable, requested_options: Iterable)[source]

Only return options that are requested by the leasequery client.

Parameters:
  • options – The original list of options
  • requested_options – The list of requested options
Returns:

The filtered list
filter_sensitive_options(options: Iterable) → Iterable[source]

Remove sensitive data from the options.

Parameters:options – The options to filter
Returns:The filtered options
filter_storable_options(options: Iterable) → Iterable[source]

Only include storable data from the options.

Parameters:options – The options to filter
Returns:The filtered options
find_leases(query: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption) → Tuple[source]

Find all leases that match the given query.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:The number of leases and an iterator over tuples of link-address and corresponding client data
get_address_leases(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → Iterator[source]

Search through the reply and return all addresses given to the client.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The address options
get_prefix_leases(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → Iterator[source]

Search through the reply and return all prefixes given to the client.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The prefix options
static get_relay_ids(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → Iterator[source]

Go through all the relay messages and return all relay-ids found as lowercase hex strings

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The relay-ids as hex strings
get_remote_ids(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → Iterator[source]

Go through all the relay messages and return all remote-ids found as lowercase hex strings

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The remote-ids as hex strings
static is_accepted(element: Union) → bool[source]

Check if there is no status code that signals rejection.

Parameters:element – The element to look in
Returns:Whether the status is ok
remember_lease(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Remember the leases in the given transaction bundle so they can be queried later.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction to remember
worker_init(sensitive_options: Iterable)[source]

Separate initialisation that will be called in each worker process that is created. Things that can’t be forked (think database connections etc) have to be initialised here.

Parameters:sensitive_options – The options that are not allowed to be stored
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.UnansweredLeasequeryHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

When there are leasequeries that haven’t been handled at the end of the handling phase that means that no handler understood the query.

post(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Check for unhandled leasequeries.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.create_cleanup_handlers() → List[source]

Create handlers to handle unhandled queries

Returns:Handlers to add to the handler chain
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.config module

Config processing for a handler to echo a LinkLayerIdOption back to the relay

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.config.LeasequeryHandlerFactory(section)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Config processing for a handler to echo a LinkLayerIdOption back to the relay

create()[source]

Create a leasequery handler.

Returns:A leasequery handler
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.config.LeasequerySqliteStoreFactory(section)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Factory for LeasequerySqliteStore

create()[source]

Create a leasequery store.

Returns:A leasequery store
static name_datatype(v)
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.config.sensitive_option_name(value: str) → int[source]

If the argument is a number then check if it is a 16-bit unsigned integer and return it. Otherwise see if we have an option implementation with the given name, and return its option-type code.

Parameters:value – The name or number of a DHCPv6 option
Returns:The number of the option
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.sqlite module

SQLIte based implementation of a leasequery store

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.sqlite.LeasequerySqliteStore(filename: str)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryStore

A leasequery store using a SQLite database.

create_tables()[source]

Create the tables required for this leasequery implementation

db = None

Workers store the database connection here

find_client_by_address(query: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption) → List[source]

Get the row ids of the clients we want to return.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:A list of row ids
find_client_by_client_id(query: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption) → List[source]

Get the row ids of the clients we want to return.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:A list of row ids

Get the row ids of the clients we want to return.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:A list of row ids
find_client_by_relay_id(query: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption) → List[source]

Get the row ids of the clients we want to return.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:A list of row ids
find_client_by_remote_id(query: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption) → List[source]

Get the row ids of the clients we want to return.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:A list of row ids
find_leases(query: dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LQQueryOption) → Tuple[source]

Find all leases that match the given query.

Parameters:query – The query
Returns:The number of leases and an iterator over tuples of link-address and corresponding client data
generate_client_data_options(client_row_ids: Iterable, requested_options: Iterable) → Iterable[source]

Create a generator for the data of the specified client rows/

Parameters:
  • client_row_ids – The list of client rows what we are interested in
  • requested_options – Option types explicitly requested by the leasequery client
Returns:

The client data options for those rows
get_client_row_id(client_id_str: str, link_address_long: str, create: bool = True) → Union[source]

Get the client’s row id, creating the client row if necessary.

Parameters:
  • client_id_str – The DUID of the client as a string
  • link_address_long – The fully expanded link address
  • create – Should we create this record if it doesn’t exist?
Returns:

The row id
open_database() → sqlite3.Connection[source]

Open the database with the right settings.

Returns:The database connection
remember_lease(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Remember the leases in the given transaction bundle so they can be queried later.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction to remember
replace_relay_ids(client_row_id: int, relay_ids: Iterable)[source]

Replace the existing relay-id records with the relay-ids provided.

Parameters:
  • client_row_id – The id of the client record
  • relay_ids – The new relay-ids
replace_remote_ids(client_row_id: int, remote_ids: Iterable)[source]

Replace the existing remote-id records with the remote-ids provided.

Parameters:
  • client_row_id – The id of the client record
  • remote_ids – The new remote-ids
sqlite_filename = None

Name of the database file

update_address_leases(client_row_id: int, address_leases: Iterator)[source]

Update address leases in the database and remove expired ones.

Parameters:
  • client_row_id – The id of the client record
  • address_leases – The updated leases to record
update_last_interaction(client_row_id: int, options: Iterable, relay_chain: Union)[source]

Keep track of when we last communicated with this client.

Parameters:
  • client_row_id – The row id of the client
  • options – Options of the last response
  • relay_chain – The incoming relay messages
update_prefix_leases(client_row_id: int, prefix_leases: Iterator)[source]

Update prefix leases in the database and remove expired ones.

Parameters:
  • client_row_id – The id of the client record
  • prefix_leases – The updated leases to record
worker_init(sensitive_options: Iterable)[source]

Worker initialisation: open database connection

Parameters:sensitive_options – The type-numbers of options that are not allowed to be stored
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.linklayer_id package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.linklayer

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.linklayer_id.CopyLinkLayerIdOptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic_relay.CopyRelayOptionHandler

The handler for LinkLayerIdOption in relay messages

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.linklayer_id.config module

Config processing for a handler to echo a LinkLayerIdOption back to the relay

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.linklayer_id.config.CopyLinkLayerIdOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Config processing for a handler to echo a LinkLayerIdOption back to the relay

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.linklayer_id.CopyLinkLayerIdOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.MapEOptionHandler(br_addresses: Iterable, rules: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting an S46MapEContainerOption in responses

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.MapTOptionHandler(dmr_prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network, rules: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting an S46MapTContainerOption in responses

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.config module

Configuration elements for the MAP server option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.config.MapEOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create a handler for putting an S46MapEContainerOption in responses

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.MapEOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler for putting an S46MapEContainerOption in responses

Returns:A handler object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.config.MapRule(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Representation of a single MAP rule

a_bits

a bits: offset of the PSID bits

Returns:Number of bits
create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.map.S46RuleOption[source]

Create a MAP rule option based on the configuration.

Returns:The mapping rule
ea_len

Calculate the number of Embedded Address bits.

Returns:Number of bits
k_bits

k bits: length in bits of the PSID (2^k == sharing_ratio)

Returns:Number of bits
m_bits

m bits: number of bits after the PSID (2^m == contiguous ports)

Returns:Number of bits
validate_config_section()[source]

Check whether the combination of parameters make sense.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.config.MapTOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create a handler for putting an S46MapTContainerOption in responses

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.MapTOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler for putting an S46MapTContainerOption in responses

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.map.config.power_of_two(value: str) → int[source]

Validate whether this is an integer that is a power of two.

Parameters:value – The config string
Returns:The integer value
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.ntp package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.ntp.NTPServersOptionHandler(sub_options: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting NTPServersOption in responses

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.ntp.NTPServersOption[source]

Combine multiple options into one.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options to include NTP servers from
Returns:The combined option
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.ntp.config module

Configuration elements for the NTP option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.ntp.config.NTPServersOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for NTP servers.

clean_config_section()[source]

Convert the data to the right types

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.ntp.NTPServersOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
validate_config_section()[source]

Make sure the keys refer to actual NTP sub-options

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit package

Handler to rate limit clients that keep rapidly sending requests.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.RateLimitHandler(key=<function duid_key>, rate: int = 5, per: int = 30, burst: int = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

Handler to rate limit clients that keep rapidly sending requests.

The most common reason that clients keep sending requests is when they get an answer they don’t like. The best way to slow them down is to just stop responding to them.

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Check the rate of incoming requests from this client and stop processing when a client sends too many requests.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.config module

Config processing for a handler to rate limit clients

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.config.RateLimitHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Config processing for a handler to rate limit clients

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.RateLimitHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.config.duration(config_duration: str) → int[source]

Convert the config duration to an integer.

Parameters:config_duration – The duration as a string
Returns:The duration as an integer
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.config.key_function(key_name: str) → function[source]

Map from name to key extraction function.

Parameters:key_name – The name of the function
Returns:The specified function
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.config.rate(configured_rate: str) → int[source]

Convert the config rate to an integer.

Parameters:configured_rate – The number of messages as a string
Returns:The number of messages as an integer
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.key_functions module

Functions to extract a key from a transaction bundle

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.key_functions.duid_key(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → str[source]

Get the DUID from the request in the transaction bundle

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The DUID in hex notation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.key_functions.interface_id_key(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → str[source]

Get the Interface-ID from the request in the transaction bundle, with a fallback to the DUID if no Interface-ID is found.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The Interface-ID (or DUID) in hex notation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.key_functions.linklayer_id_key(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → str[source]

Get the LinkLayer-ID from the request in the transaction bundle, with a fallback to the DUID if no LinkLayer-ID is found.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The LinkLayer-ID (or DUID) in hex notation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.key_functions.remote_id_key(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → str[source]

Get the Remote-ID from the request in the transaction bundle, with a fallback to the DUID if no Remote-ID is found.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The Remote-ID (or DUID) in hex notation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.key_functions.subscriber_id_key(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → str[source]

Get the Subscriber-ID from the request in the transaction bundle, with a fallback to the DUID if no Subscriber-ID is found.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The Subscriber-ID (or DUID) in hex notation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.manager module

A custom manager that manages the shared rate limit counters

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.manager.RateLimitCounters(rate: int, per: int, burst: int = None)[source]

Bases: object

Counters for rate limiting of DHCPv6 requests

check_request(key: str) → bool[source]

Check whether this request is within limits. This method uses the algorithm described on http://stackoverflow.com/questions/667508/whats-a-good-rate-limiting-algorithm#668327

Parameters:key – The key for this client
Returns:Whether we should allow this
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.manager.RateLimitManager(address=None, authkey=None, serializer='pickle', ctx=None)[source]

Bases: multiprocessing.managers.BaseManager

A custom manager that manages the shared rate limit counters

RateLimitCounters(*args, **kwds)
start(initializer=None, initargs=())[source]

Start the rate limit counter manager

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.rate_limit.manager.init_manager_process(parent_logger, initializer=None, initargs=())[source]

Migrate the logger of the parent to the child. It will be a queue logger anyway.

Parameters:
  • parent_logger – The logger from the parent
  • initializer – Optional extra initializer
  • initargs – Optional initializer arguments
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.remote_id package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.remote_id

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.remote_id.CopyRemoteIdOptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic_relay.CopyRelayOptionHandler

The handler for RemoteIdOptions in relay messages

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.remote_id.config module

Config processing for a handler to echo a RemoteIdOption back to the relay

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.remote_id.config.CopyRemoteIdOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Config processing for a handler to echo a RemoteIdOption back to the relay

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.remote_id.CopyRemoteIdOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sip_serves

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersAddressListOptionHandler(sip_servers: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting SIPServersAddressListOptions in responses

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersAddressListOption[source]

Combine multiple options into one.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options to include NTP servers from
Returns:The combined option
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersDomainNameListOptionHandler(domain_names: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting SIPServersDomainNameListOptions in responses

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersDomainNameListOption[source]

Combine multiple options into one.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options to include NTP servers from
Returns:The combined option
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.config module

Configuration elements for the SIP server option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.config.SIPServersAddressListOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for SIP servers.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersAddressListOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.config.SIPServersDomainNameListOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for SIP servers.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sip_servers.SIPServersDomainNameListOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sntp package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sntp

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sntp.SNTPServersOptionHandler(sntp_servers: Iterable, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

Handler for putting SNTPServersOptions in responses

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sntp.SNTPServersOption[source]

Combine multiple options into one.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options to include NTP servers from
Returns:The combined option
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sntp.config module

Configuration elements for the dns option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sntp.config.SNTPServersOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for SNTP servers.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sntp.SNTPServersOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.sol_max_rt

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.InfMaxRTOptionHandler(inf_max_rt: int, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.OverwriteOptionHandler

Handler for putting InfMaxRTOption in responses

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.SolMaxRTOptionHandler(sol_max_rt: int, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.OverwriteOptionHandler

Handler for putting SolMaxRTOption in responses

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.config module

Configuration elements for the SOL_MAX_RT option handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.config.InfMaxRTOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for the InfMaxRTOption.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.InfMaxRTOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.config.SolMaxRTOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the handler for the SolMaxRTOption.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.SolMaxRTOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.sol_max_rt.config.max_rt(value: str) → int[source]

Convert the name of the section to the number of seconds, and validate the range

Parameters:value – Config section name
Returns:Number of seconds
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments package

An extension to get static assignments from CSV files, Shelves or an SQLite database

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.Assignment(address, prefix)

Bases: tuple

address

Alias for field number 0

prefix

Alias for field number 1

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.StaticAssignmentHandler(address_preferred_lifetime: int, address_valid_lifetime: int, prefix_preferred_lifetime: int, prefix_valid_lifetime: int)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

An option handler that gives a static address and/or prefix to clients

static find_iana_option_for_address(options: Iterable, address: ipaddress.IPv6Address) → Union[source]

Find an IANAOption that contains the given address

Parameters:
  • options – The list of options to search
  • address – The address to look for
Returns:

The matching option, if any
static find_iapd_option_for_prefix(options: Iterable, prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network) → Union[source]

Find an IAPDOption that contains the given prefix

Parameters:
  • options – The list of options to search
  • prefix – The prefix to look for
Returns:

The matching option, if any
get_assignment(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.Assignment[source]

Subclasses override this method to determine the assignment for the request in the bundle. This MUST return an Assignment object, even if no addresses are provided in it.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The assignment
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

The handling is so complex that we just delegate the implementation to separate methods.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
handle_confirm(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Handle a client requesting confirmation

Parameters:bundle – The request bundle
handle_release_decline(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Handle a client releasing or declining resources. Doesn’t really need to do anything because assignments are static. Just mark the right options as handled.

Parameters:bundle – The request bundle
handle_renew_rebind(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Handle a client renewing/rebinding addresses

Parameters:bundle – The request bundle
handle_request(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Handle a client requesting addresses (also handles SolicitMessage)

Parameters:bundle – The request bundle
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.config module

Configuration elements for the static assignment handlers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.config.CSVStaticAssignmentHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Factory for a handler that reads assignments from a CSV file

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.csv.CSVStaticAssignmentHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
static name_datatype(v)
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.config.SqliteStaticAssignmentHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Factory for a handler that reads assignments from a SQLite database

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.sqlite.SqliteStaticAssignmentHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
static name_datatype(v)
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.csv module

An option handler that assigns addresses based on DUID from a CSV file

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.csv.CSVStaticAssignmentHandler(filename: str, address_preferred_lifetime: int, address_valid_lifetime: int, prefix_preferred_lifetime: int, prefix_valid_lifetime: int)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.StaticAssignmentHandler

Assign addresses and/or prefixes based on the contents of a CSV file

get_assignment(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.Assignment[source]

Look up the assignment based on DUID, Interface-ID of the relay closest to the client and Remote-ID of the relay closest to the client, in that order.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The assignment, if any
static parse_csv_file(csv_filename: str) → List[source]

Read the assignments from the file specified in the configuration

Parameters:csv_filename – The filename of the CSV file
Returns:An list of identifiers and their assignment
read_csv_file(csv_filename: str) → Mapping[source]

Read the assignments from the file specified in the configuration

Parameters:csv_filename – The filename of the CSV file
Returns:A dictionary mapping identifiers to assignments
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.sqlite module

An option handler that assigns addresses based on DUID from a SQLite database

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.sqlite.SqliteStaticAssignmentHandler(filename: str, address_preferred_lifetime: int, address_valid_lifetime: int, prefix_preferred_lifetime: int, prefix_valid_lifetime: int)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.StaticAssignmentHandler

Assign addresses and/or prefixes based on the contents of a Shelf file

get_assignment(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.Assignment[source]

Look up the assignment based on DUID, Interface-ID of the relay closest to the client and Remote-ID of the relay closest to the client, in that order.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The assignment, if any
worker_init()[source]

Open the SQLite database in each worker

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.static_assignments.sqlite.build_sqlite() → int[source]

Function to be called from the command line to convert a CSV based assignments file to a sqlite database. :return: exit code

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.subscriber_id package

Handlers for the options defined in dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.subscriber_id

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.subscriber_id.CopySubscriberIdOptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic_relay.CopyRelayOptionHandler

The handler for SubscriberIdOptions in relay messages

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.subscriber_id.config module

Config processing for a handler to echo a SubscriberIdOption back to the relay

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.subscriber_id.config.CopySubscriberIdOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Config processing for a handler to echo a SubscriberIdOption back to the relay

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.subscriber_id.CopySubscriberIdOptionHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits package

Handlers that limit the t1/t2 values in replies

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.IANATimingLimitsHandler(min_t1: int = 0, max_t1: int = 4294967295, factor_t1: Union = 0.5, min_t2: int = 0, max_t2: int = 4294967295, factor_t2: Union = 0.8)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.TimingLimitsHandler

A handler that limits the t1/t2 values in an IANAOption

static extract_preferred_lifetime(option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option) → Union[source]

Extract the preferred lifetime from the given (sub)option. Returns None if this option doesn’t contain a preferred lifetime.

Parameters:option – The option to extract the preferred lifetime from
Returns:The preferred lifetime, if any
static filter_options(options: Iterable) → List[source]

Extract the IANAOptions that we want to set the t1/t2 values of.

Parameters:options – The options in the response message
Returns:The relevant options of the response message
Return type:list[IANAOption]
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.IAPDTimingLimitsHandler(min_t1: int = 0, max_t1: int = 4294967295, factor_t1: Union = 0.5, min_t2: int = 0, max_t2: int = 4294967295, factor_t2: Union = 0.8)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.TimingLimitsHandler

A handler that limits the t1/t2 values in an IANAOption

static extract_preferred_lifetime(option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option) → Union[source]

Extract the preferred lifetime from the given (sub)option. Returns None if this option doesn’t contain a preferred lifetime.

Parameters:option – The option to extract the preferred lifetime from
Returns:The preferred lifetime, if any
static filter_options(options: Iterable) → List[source]

Extract the IAPDOptions that we want to set the t1/t2 values of.

Parameters:options – The options in the response message
Returns:The relevant options of the response message
Return type:list[IAPDOption]
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.TimingLimitsHandler(min_t1: int = 0, max_t1: int = 4294967295, factor_t1: Union = 0.5, min_t2: int = 0, max_t2: int = 4294967295, factor_t2: Union = 0.8)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that limits the t1/t2 values in an option

static extract_preferred_lifetime(option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option) → Union[source]

Extract the preferred lifetime from the given (sub)option. Returns None if this option doesn’t contain a preferred lifetime.

Parameters:option – The option to extract the preferred lifetime from
Returns:The preferred lifetime, if any
static filter_options(options: Iterable) → List[source]

Extract the options that we want to set the t1/t2 values of.

Parameters:options – The options in the response message
Returns:The relevant options of the response message
Return type:list[IANAOption]
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Make sure the T1/T2 values are within the set limits.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.config module

Configuration elements for the IANA/IAPD timing limits.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.config.IANATimingLimitsHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the IANATimingLimitsHandler.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.IANATimingLimitsHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
validate_config_section()[source]

Check if all the values are valid in combination

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.config.IAPDTimingLimitsHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create the IAPDTimingLimitsHandler.

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.IAPDTimingLimitsHandler[source]

Create a handler of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Returns:A handler object
validate_config_section()[source]

Check if all the values are valid in combination

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.config.factor_value(value: str) → Union[source]

Cast the string NONE to the None value, otherwise convert to a float

Parameters:value – The string to parse
Returns:The float value or None
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.timing_limits.config.time_value(value: str) → int[source]

Cast the string INFINITY to the infinity value, otherwise convert to an integer

Parameters:value – The string to parse
Returns:The integer value
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.bulk_leasequery module

Server extension to handle bulk leasequery properly

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.bulk_leasequery.RefuseBulkLeasequeryOverUDPHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that refuses bulk leasequery over UDP.

The new queries introduced in this specification cannot be used with the UDP Leasequery protocol. Servers that implement this specification and also permit UDP queries MUST NOT accept Bulk Leasequery query-types in UDP Leasequery messages. Such servers MUST respond with an error status code of STATUS_NOT_ALLOWED.

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Make sure that bulk leasequery options are not coming in over UDP.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.bulk_leasequery.RequireBulkLeasequeryOverTCPHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that makes sure only bulk leasequery is accepted over TCP.

Only LEASEQUERY, LEASEQUERY-REPLY, LEASEQUERY-DATA, and LEASEQUERY-DONE messages are allowed over the Bulk Leasequery connection. No other DHCPv6 messages are supported. The Bulk Leasequery connection is not an alternative DHCPv6 communication option for clients seeking DHCPv6 service.

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Make sure that bulk leasequery options are not coming in over UDP.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.bulk_leasequery.create_setup_handlers() → List[source]

Create handlers to clean up stuff in the transaction bundle

Returns:Handlers to add to the handler chain
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.prefix_delegation module

Server extension to handle prefix delegation options properly

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.prefix_delegation.UnansweredIAPDOptionHandler(authoritative: bool = True)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that answers to all unanswered IAPDOptions

Parameters:authoritative – Whether this handler is authorised to tell clients to stop using prefixes
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Make sure that every IAPDOption is answered.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.prefix_delegation.create_cleanup_handlers() → List[source]

Create handlers to clean up stuff in the transaction bundle

Returns:Handlers to add to the handler chain
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.relay_echo_request module

Implementation of Echo Request option handling as specified in RFC 4994.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.relay_echo_request.RelayEchoRequestOptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.RelayHandler

When a server creates a Relay-Reply, it SHOULD perform ERO processing after processing the ORO and other options processing. For each option in the ERO:

  1. If the option is already in the Relay-Reply, the server MUST ignore that option and continue to process any remaining options in the ERO.
  2. If the option was not in the received Relay-Forward, the server MUST ignore that option and continue to process any remaining options in the ERO.
  3. Otherwise, the server MUST copy the option, verbatim, from the received Relay-Forward to the Relay-Reply, even if the server does not otherwise recognize that option.
handle_relay(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, relay_message_in: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayForwardMessage, relay_message_out: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage)[source]

Handle the options for each relay message pair.

Parameters:
  • bundle – The transaction bundle
  • relay_message_in – The incoming relay message
  • relay_message_out – Thr outgoing relay message
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions.relay_echo_request.create_cleanup_handlers() → List[source]

Create handlers to clean up stuff in the transaction bundle

Returns:Handlers to add to the handler chain
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters package

Filters to apply to transaction bundles

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.Filter(filter_condition: object, sub_filters: Iterable = None, sub_handlers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: object

Base class for filters

filter_description

A short description of this filter for log messages.

Returns:The description
get_handlers(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → List[source]

Get all handlers that are going to be applied to the request in the bundle.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The list of handlers to apply
match(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → bool[source]

Check whether the given message matches our filter condition.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:Whether our filter condition matches
worker_init()[source]

Separate initialisation that will be called in each worker process that is created. Things that can’t be forked (think database connections etc) have to be initialised here.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.FilterFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Base class for filter factories

create()[source]

Create the filter and feed it with the sub-filters and sub-handlers.

Returns:The filter
filter_class

Get the class of filter to create

Returns:The class of filter
filter_condition

Return the filter condition, the name of the section by default :return: The filter condition

Subpackages
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.elapsed_time package

Filtering on the elapsed time field in the request

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.elapsed_time.config module

Filter on elapsed time indicated by the client

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.elapsed_time.config.ElapsedTimeFilter(filter_condition: object, sub_filters: Iterable = None, sub_handlers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.Filter

Filter on marks that have been placed on the incoming message

filter_description

A short description of this filter for log messages.

Returns:The description
match(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → bool[source]

Check if the elapsed time is within the configured limits

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:Whether the elapsed time is within the limits
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.elapsed_time.config.ElapsedTimeFilterFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.FilterFactory

Create a MarkedWithFilter

filter_class

alias of ElapsedTimeFilter

filter_condition

The filter condition is based on the configured time limits.

Returns:A list of time limits
validate_config_section()[source]

Check that at least one filter condition is provided, and that if multiple conditions are provided they are compatible with each other.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.elapsed_time.config.TimeLimit(operator, limit)

Bases: tuple

limit

Alias for field number 1

operator

Alias for field number 0

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.marks package

Filtering on marks

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.marks.config module

Filter on marks that have been placed on the incoming message

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.marks.config.MarkedWithFilter(filter_condition: object, sub_filters: Iterable = None, sub_handlers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.Filter

Filter on marks that have been placed on the incoming message

match(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → bool[source]

Check if the configured mark is in the set

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:Whether the configured mark is present
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.marks.config.MarkedWithFilterFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.FilterFactory

Create a MarkedWithFilter

filter_class

alias of MarkedWithFilter

static name_datatype(value)
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.subnets package

Filtering on link-address subnet

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.subnets.config module

Filter on subnet that the link address is in

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.subnets.config.SubnetFilter(filter_condition: object, sub_filters: Iterable = None, sub_handlers: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.Filter

Filter on subnet that the link address is in

filter_description

A short description of this filter for log messages.

Returns:The description
match(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → bool[source]

Check if the link-address is in the subnet

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:Whether the link-address matches
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.subnets.config.SubnetFilterFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.FilterFactory

Create a subnet filter

filter_class

alias of SubnetFilter

filter_condition

Return the filter condition, the list of prefixes :return: The filter condition

static name_datatype(value)
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.subnets.config.SubnetGroupFilterFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.filters.FilterFactory

Create a subnet filter

filter_class

alias of SubnetFilter

filter_condition

Return the filter condition, the list of prefixes :return: The filter condition

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers package

Handlers to apply to transaction bundles

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.CannotRespondError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerException

This exception signals that we cannot reply to this client.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler[source]

Bases: object

Base class for handlers

analyse_post(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Analyse the response that is going out after all handlers have been applied.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
analyse_pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Analyse the request that came in before handlers can change it.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Handle the data in the bundle. Subclasses should do their main work here.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
post(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Post-process the data in the bundle. Subclasses can e.g. clean up state. Subclasses assigning addresses should check whether the bundle.response is an AdvertiseMessage or a ReplyMessage. The class can change between handle() and post() when the server is using rapid-commit.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Pre-process the data in the bundle. Subclasses can update bundle state here or abort processing of the request by raising a CannotRespondError.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
worker_init()[source]

The __init__ method will be called in the master process. After initialisation the master process will create worker processes using the multiprocessing module. Things that can’t be pickled and transmitted to the worker processes (think database connections etc) have to be initialised separately. Each worker process will call worker_init() to do so. Filters that don’t need per-worker initialisation can do everything in __init__().

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerException[source]

Bases: Exception

Base class for handler exceptions

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Base class for handler factories

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.RelayHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A base class for handlers that work on option in the relay messages chain.

handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Handle the data in the bundle by checking the relay chain and calling handle_relay() for each relay message.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
handle_relay(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, relay_message_in: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayForwardMessage, relay_message_out: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage)[source]

Handle the options for each relay message pair.

Parameters:
  • bundle – The transaction bundle
  • relay_message_in – The incoming relay message
  • relay_message_out – Thr outgoing relay message
exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.ReplyWithLeasequeryError(status_code: int = 0, status_message: str = '')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.ReplyWithStatusError

This exception signals a leasequery error to the client.

error_description = 'Leasequery error'
exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.ReplyWithStatusError(status_code: int = 0, status_message: str = '')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerException

This exception signals an error to the client.

error_description = 'Error'
exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.UseMulticastError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerException

This exception signals that a STATUS_USE_MULTICAST should be returned to the client.

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic module

Basic handlers for options

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.CopyOptionHandler(option_class: Type, *, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

This handler just copies a type of option from the request to the response

Parameters:
  • option_class – The option class to copy
  • always_send – Always send this option, even if the OptionRequestOption doesn’t ask for it
always_send = None

Whether an OptionRequestOption in the request should be ignored

handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Copy the option from the request to the response.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
option_class = None

The class of the option from the request to the response

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.OverwriteOptionHandler(option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option, *, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

Overwriting handler for simple static options.

Parameters:
  • option – The option instance to use
  • always_send – Always send this option, even if the OptionRequestOption doesn’t ask for it
always_send = None

Whether an OptionRequestOption in the request should be ignored

handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Overwrite the option in the response in the bundle.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
option = None

The option to add to the response

option_class = None

The class of the option

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler(option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option, *, append: bool = False, always_send: bool = False)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

Standard handler for simple static options

Parameters:
  • option – The option instance to add to the response
  • append – Always add, even if an option of this class already exists
  • always_send – Always send this option, even if the OptionRequestOption doesn’t ask for it
always_send = None

Always send this option, even if the OptionRequestOption doesn’t ask for it

append = None

Always add, even if an option of this class already exists

combine(existing_options: Iterable) → Union[source]

If an option of this type already exists this method can combine the existing option with our own option to create a combined option.

Parameters:existing_options – The existing options
Returns:The combined option which will replace all existing options, or None to leave the existing options
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Add the option to the response in the bundle.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
option = None

The option instance to add to the response

option_class = None

The class of the option

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic_relay module

Basic handlers for relay options

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic_relay.CopyRelayOptionHandler(option_class: type)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.RelayHandler

This handler just copies a type of option from the incoming relay messages to the outgoing relay messages

Parameters:option_class – The option class to copy
handle_relay(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, relay_message_in: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayForwardMessage, relay_message_out: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage)[source]

Copy the options for each relay message pair.

Parameters:
  • bundle – The transaction bundle
  • relay_message_in – The incoming relay message
  • relay_message_out – Thr outgoing relay message
option_class = None

The class of the option from the RelayForwardMessage to the RelayReplyMessage

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.client_id module

Handlers for the basic RFC 3315 options

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.client_id.ClientIdHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.CopyOptionHandler

The handler for ClientIdOptions

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.ignore module

A simple handler that tells the server to ignore the request.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.ignore.IgnoreRequestHandler(message_types: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A simple handler that tells the server to stop processing the request and ignore it

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Stop processing

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.ignore.IgnoreRequestHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create an IgnoreRequestHandler

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler[source]

Create an IgnoreRequestHandler

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.interface_id module

Option handlers for the basic RFC 3315 options

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.interface_id.InterfaceIdOptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic_relay.CopyRelayOptionHandler

The handler for InterfaceIdOptions in relay messages

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.preference module

Option handlers that inserts a PreferenceOption in replies

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.preference.PreferenceOptionHandler(preference: int)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

The handler for PreferenceOption which adds a preference option to appropriate responses

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.preference.PreferenceOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create an IgnoreRequestHandler

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.preference.PreferenceOptionHandler[source]

Create an IgnoreRequestHandler

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.rapid_commit module

Handler that implements rapid-commit on the server.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.rapid_commit.RapidCommitHandler(rapid_commit_rejections: bool)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

Upgrade AdvertiseMessage to ReplyMessage when client asks for rapid-commit

handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Don’t do anything, all the processing happens in post().

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
post(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Upgrade the response from a AdvertiseMessage to a ReplyMessage if appropriate :param bundle: The transaction bundle

rapid_commit_rejections = None

Do rapid-commit when an IA_NA, IA_TA or IA_PD request gets refused. We have seen at lease one vice (Fritz!Box) that gets confused when a rapid-commit message tells it there are no addresses available. Turning this setting off works around that problem by not doing a rapid-commit when something gets refused.

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.server_id module

Handlers for the basic RFC 3315 options

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.server_id.ForOtherServerError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.CannotRespondError

A specific case of being unable to respond: this message is for another server

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.server_id.ServerIdHandler(duid: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.OverwriteOptionHandler

The handler for ServerIdOption. Checks whether any server-id in the request matches our own and puts our server-id in the response message to let the client know who is answering.

option = None
pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Check if there is a ServerId in the request

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.status_option module

Some messages need a status code in the response. These handlers insert that status code if no other handler did.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.status_option.AddMissingStatusOptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

The handler that makes sure that replies to confirm messages have a status code. When we reach the end without any status code being set we assume success. Other option handlers set the status to something else if they cannot confirm their part.

handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Update the status of the reply to ConfirmMessage, ReleaseMessage and DeclineMessage.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unanswered_ia module

Option handlers that cleans up unanswered requests

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unanswered_ia.UnansweredIAOptionHandler(authoritative: bool = True)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that answers to all unanswered IANAOptions and IATAOptions

Parameters:authoritative – Whether this handler is authorised to tell clients to stop using prefixes
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Make sure that every IANAOption and IATAOption is answered.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unicast module

A simple handler that tells the client to use multicast to reach this server.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unicast.RejectUnwantedUnicastHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A simple handler that tells the client to use multicast to reach this server.

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Reject unicast messages

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unicast.ServerUnicastOptionHandler(address: ipaddress.IPv6Address)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.basic.SimpleOptionHandler

A simple handler that tells the client that it may use unicast to contact this server.

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Set flag to let the server know that unicast is ok, otherwise RejectUnwantedUnicastHandler will reject it later.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unicast.ServerUnicastOptionHandlerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.HandlerFactory

Create a ServerUnicastOptionHandler

create() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.unicast.ServerUnicastOptionHandler[source]

Create a RequireMulticastHandler

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.utils module

Utility functions for handlers

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.utils.force_status(options: List, new_status_code: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.StatusCodeOption)[source]

If there is a StatusCodeOption with a different status code in the options list then replace it. Leave any option with the right status code. Add the given StatusCodeOption if there is none.

Parameters:
  • options – The list of options to manipulate
  • new_status_code – The wanted StatusCodeOption
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners package

Code to keep the receiving and sending sockets together. When receiving traffic on a link-local multicast address the reply should be sent from a link-local address on the receiving interface. This class makes it easy to keep those together.

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ClosedListener[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListeningSocketError

Signal that the socket isn’t done receiving yet

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.IgnoreMessage[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListeningSocketError

Signal that this message should be ignored

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.IncomingPacketBundle(*, message_id: str = '??????', data: bytes = b'', source_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, link_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, interface_index: int = -1, received_over_multicast: bool = False, received_over_tcp: bool = False, marks: Iterable = None, relay_options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: object

A class that is very efficient to pickle because this is what will be sent to worker processes.

Using a class instead of a namedtuple makes it easier to extend it in the future. To make this possible all properties should have a default value, and the constructor must be called with keyword arguments only.

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.IncompleteMessage[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.IgnoreMessage

Signal that the socket isn’t done receiving yet

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Listener[source]

Bases: object

A class to represent something listening for incoming requests.

fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
recv_request() → Tuple[source]

Receive incoming messages

Returns:The incoming packet data and a replier object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListenerCreator[source]

Bases: object

A class to represent something that creates something to listen for incoming requests.

create_listener() → Union[source]

Receive incoming messages

Returns:The incoming packet data and a replier object
fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListenerError[source]

Bases: Exception

Base class for listener errors

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListeningSocketError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListenerError

Signal that the listening socket could not be created.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Replier[source]

Bases: object

A class to send replies to the client

can_send_multiple = False
send_reply(outgoing_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage) → bool[source]

Send a reply to the client

Parameters:outgoing_message – The message to send, including a wrapping RelayReplyMessage
Returns:Whether sending was successful
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.increase_message_counter()[source]

Increase the message counter and return the new value

Returns:The new value of the message counter
Subpackages
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.multicast_interface package

Implementation of a listener on a local multicast network interface

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.multicast_interface.config module

Implementation of a listener on a local multicast network interface

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.multicast_interface.config.MulticastInterfaceUDPListenerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.UDPListenerFactory

Factory for the implementation of a listener on a local multicast network interface

create(old_listeners: Iterable = None) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.udp.UDPListener[source]

Create a listener of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Parameters:old_listeners – A list of existing listeners in case we can recycle them
Returns:A listener object
name_datatype

alias of builtins.str

validate_config_section()[source]

Validate the interface information

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.unicast package

Factory for the implementation of a listener on a unicast address of a local network interface

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.unicast.config module

Factory for the implementation of a listener on a unicast address of a local network interface

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.unicast.config.UnicastUDPListenerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.UDPListenerFactory

Factory for the implementation of a listener on a unicast address of a local network interface

create(old_listeners: Iterable = None) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.udp.UDPListener[source]

Create a listener of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Parameters:old_listeners – A list of existing listeners in case we can recycle them
Returns:A listener object
name_datatype

alias of ipaddress.IPv6Address

validate_config_section()[source]

Validate the interface information

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.unicast_tcp package

Factory for the implementation of a TCP listener on a unicast address of a local network interface

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.unicast_tcp.config module

Factory for the implementation of a TCP listener on a unicast address of a local network interface

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.unicast_tcp.config.UnicastTCPListenerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.TCPListenerFactory

Factory for the implementation of a listener on a unicast address of a local network interface

create(old_listeners: Iterable = None) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.tcp.TCPConnectionListener[source]

Create a listener of this class based on the configuration in the config section.

Parameters:old_listeners – A list of existing listeners in case we can recycle them
Returns:A listener object
validate_config_section()[source]

Validate the interface information

Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories module

Factory base classes for listener factories

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.ListenerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigElementFactory

Base class for listener factories

listen_port = 547
match_socket(sock: socket.socket, address: ipaddress.IPv6Address, interface: int = 0) → bool[source]

Determine if we can recycle this socket

Parameters:
  • sock – An existing socket
  • address – The address we want
  • interface – The interface number we want
Returns:

Whether the socket is suitable
sock_proto = None
sock_type = None
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.TCPListenerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.ListenerFactory

Base class for TCP listener factories

sock_proto = 6
sock_type = 1
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.UDPListenerFactory(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.factories.ListenerFactory

Base class for UDP listener factories

sock_proto = 17
sock_type = 2
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.tcp module

Code to keep the receiving and sending sockets together. When receiving traffic on a link-local multicast address the reply should be sent from a link-local address on the receiving interface. This class makes it easy to keep those together.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.tcp.TCPConnection(interface_name: str, connected_socket: socket.socket, write_lock: <bound method BaseContext.Lock of <multiprocessing.context.DefaultContext object at 0x7f32ada03470>>, global_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address, marks: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Listener

A TCP connection listener for DHCPv6 messages

fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
packet_from_buffer()[source]

Create a packet and replier from the data in the buffer

Returns:The incoming packet data and a replier object
recv_data_into_buffer(amount: int) → int[source]

Receive data into the buffer and do proper error handling

Parameters:amount – How much data do we want?
Returns:How much data did we receive?
recv_request() → Tuple[source]

Receive incoming messages

Returns:The incoming packet data and a replier object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.tcp.TCPConnectionListener(interface_name: str, listen_socket: socket.socket, global_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, marks: Iterable = None, max_connections: int = 10, allow_from: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.ListenerCreator

Wrapper for a listening TCP socket. This is not a listener in the DHCPKit sense of the concept. DHCPKit listeners receive DHCPv6 messages, which is done on an established connection.

create_listener() → Union[source]

Accept incoming connection

Returns:The connection object
fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.tcp.TCPReplier(reply_socket: socket.socket, reply_lock: <bound method BaseContext.Lock of <multiprocessing.context.DefaultContext object at 0x7f32ada03470>>)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Replier

A class to send replies to the client

can_send_multiple = True
send_reply(outgoing_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage) → bool[source]

Send a reply to the client

Parameters:outgoing_message – The message to send, including a wrapping RelayReplyMessage
Returns:Whether sending was successful
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.udp module

UDP implementations of listeners and repliers

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.udp.UDPListener(interface_name: str, listen_socket: socket.socket, reply_socket: socket.socket = None, global_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, marks: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Listener

A wrapper for a normal socket that bundles a socket to listen on with a (potentially different) socket to send replies from.

fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
recv_request() → Tuple[source]

Receive incoming messages

Returns:The incoming packet data and a replier object
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.udp.UDPReplier(reply_socket: socket.socket)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Replier

A class to send replies to the client

send_reply(outgoing_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage) → bool[source]

Send a reply to the client

Parameters:outgoing_message – The message to send, including a wrapping RelayReplyMessage
Returns:Whether sending was successful
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_datatypes module

Extra datatypes for the server configuration

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_datatypes.message_type(value: str) → Type[source]

Parse the value as the name of a DHCPv6 message type

Parameters:value – The name of the message type
Returns:The message class
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_datatypes.unicast_address(value: str) → ipaddress.IPv6Address[source]

Parse an IPv6 address and make sure it is a unicast address

Parameters:value – The address as string
Returns:The parsed IPv6 address
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_elements module

The basic configuration objects

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_elements.MainConfig(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigSection

The top level configuration element

clean_config_section()[source]

Clean up the config, making sure we have user, group and DUID

create_message_handler() → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.message_handler.MessageHandler[source]

Create a message handler based on this configuration.

Returns:The message handler
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_elements.StatisticsConfig(section: ZConfig.matcher.SectionValue)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.common.server.config_elements.ConfigSection

Configuration of the statistics gatherer

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_parser module

Configuration file definition and parsing

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_parser.get_config_loader() → ZConfig.loader.ConfigLoader[source]

Get the config loader with all extensions

Returns:The fully extended config loader
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_parser.load_config(config_filename: str) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_elements.MainConfig[source]

Load the given configuration file.

Parameters:config_filename – The configuration file
Returns:The parsed config
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.control_socket module

A socket to control the DHCPKit server

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.control_socket.ControlConnection(sock: socket.socket)[source]

Bases: object

A connection of the remote control socket

acknowledge(feedback: str = None)[source]

Acknowledge the command

close()[source]

Close the socket nicely

fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
get_commands() → List[source]

Receive data until the next newline and return the result

Returns:A list of commands
reject()[source]

Reject the command

send(output: str, eol=b'\n')[source]

Send data over the socket

Parameters:
  • output – The data to send
  • eol – The end-of-line character
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.control_socket.ControlSocket(socket_path: str)[source]

Bases: object

Remote control of the DHCPKit server

accept() → Union[source]

Accept a new connection

Returns:The new connection
close()[source]

Close the socket nicely

fileno() → int[source]

The fileno of the listening socket, so this object can be used by select()

Returns:The file descriptor
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl module

The remote control app for the server process

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.CommunicationError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.ControlClientError

There was a problem communicating

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.ControlClientError[source]

Bases: Exception

Base class for DHCPKit Control Client errors

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.DHCPKitControlClient(control_socket: str)[source]

Bases: object

A class for communicating with a DHCPKit DHCPv6 server

execute_command(command: str, optional: bool = False) → Iterable[source]

Send a command and parse the response

Parameters:
  • command – The command
  • optional – Whether we care about this command being properly executed
Returns:

The output
receive_line(optional: bool = False) → Union[source]

Receive one line of output from the server

Parameters:optional – Whether we care about this command being properly executed
Returns:The received line
send_command(command: str, optional: bool = False)[source]

Send a command to the server

Parameters:
  • command – The command
  • optional – Whether we care about this command being properly executed
exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.UnknownCommandError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.ControlClientError

The server doesn’t understand the command we sent

exception dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.WrongServerError[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.ControlClientError

The socket we connected to doesn’t seem to be a DHCPKit server

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.handle_args(args: Iterable)[source]

Handle the command line arguments.

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The arguments object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.main(args: Iterable)[source]

The main program loop

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.dhcpctl.run() → int[source]

Run the main program and handle exceptions

Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extension_registry module

The server extension registry

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extension_registry.ServerExtensionRegistry[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.registry.Registry

Registry for DHCPKit IPv6 Server Extensions

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.ipv6.server.extensions'
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs module

A script to generate .rst documentation based on the config schema

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.create_file(name, args)[source]

Create a file, or a file-like dummy if dry-run is enabled

Parameters:
  • name – The relative file/path name
  • args – The command like arguments
Returns:

A file-like object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.handle_args(args: Iterable)[source]

Handle the command line arguments.

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The arguments object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.heading(text: str, underline: str) → str[source]

Create a heading using the specified underline character.

Parameters:
  • text – The text to use as the heading
  • underline – The character to underline with
Returns:

The heading in rst format
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.key_doc(info: Union) → List[source]

Generate documentation for a key.

Parameters:info – The information object for this key
Returns:The documentation for that key

Create an rst link.

Parameters:name – The destination to link to
Returns:The reStructuredText link

Make the text a reference link.

Parameters:
  • text – The text to link
  • link – The link destination, if different from the text
Returns:

The texts as a reference link
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.main(args: Iterable) → int[source]

Generate .rst documentation based on the config schema

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:Program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.nicer_type_name(name: str) → str[source]

Make a nicer name for a type.

Parameters:name – The ugly name
Returns:The nicer name

Convert i.e. “filter_factory” to “filters”

Parameters:link – The original link name
Returns:The normalised link name
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.reindent(text: str, new_indent: str = '') → str[source]

Fix the indentation.

Parameters:
  • text – The original text with unknown indentation
  • new_indent – The string to indent with
Returns:

The text with fixed indentation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.run() → int[source]

Run the main program and handle exceptions

Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.sectiontype_doc(section: ZConfig.info.SectionType) → List[source]

Extract the documentation for the given section.

Parameters:section – The section to extract documentation from
Returns:A list of strings with documentation
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.generate_config_docs.write_lines(file, lines: Iterable)[source]

Write a set of lines to the file

Parameters:
  • file – The file, or None
  • lines – The lines to write
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main module

The main server process

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.create_control_socket(args, config: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_elements.MainConfig) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.control_socket.ControlSocket[source]

Create a control socket when configured to do so.

Parameters:
  • args – The command line arguments
  • config – The server configuration
Returns:

The name of the created control socket
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.create_pidfile(args, config: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.config_elements.MainConfig) → Union[source]

Create a PID file when configured to do so.

Parameters:
  • args – The command line arguments
  • config – The server configuration
Returns:

The name of the created PID file
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.error_callback(exception)[source]

Show exceptions that occur while handling messages

Parameters:exception – The exception that occurred
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.handle_args(args: Iterable)[source]

Handle the command line arguments.

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The arguments object
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.main(args: Iterable) → int[source]

The main program loop

Parameters:args – Command line arguments
Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.run() → int[source]

Run the main program and handle exceptions

Returns:The program exit code
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.main.stop_logging_thread()[source]

Stop the logging thread from the global

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.message_handler module

The code to handle a message

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.message_handler.MessageHandler(server_id: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID, sub_filters: Iterable = None, sub_handlers: Iterable = None, allow_rapid_commit: bool = False, rapid_commit_rejections: bool = False)[source]

Bases: object

Message processing class

construct_leasequery_status_reply(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.StatusCodeOption) → dhcpkit.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.LeasequeryReplyMessage[source]

Construct a leasequery reply message signalling a status code to the client.

Parameters:
  • bundle – The transaction bundle containing the incoming request
  • option – The status code option to include in the reply
Returns:

A leasequery reply with only the bare necessities and a status code
construct_plain_status_reply(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.StatusCodeOption) → dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ReplyMessage[source]

Construct a reply message signalling a status code to the client.

Parameters:
  • bundle – The transaction bundle containing the incoming request
  • option – The status code option to include in the reply
Returns:

A reply with only the bare necessities and a status code
construct_use_multicast_reply(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → Union[source]

Construct a message signalling to the client that they should have used multicast.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle containing the incoming request
Returns:The proper answer to tell a client to use multicast
static get_cleanup_handlers() → List[source]

Build a list of cleanup handlers and cache it

Returns:The list of handlers
get_handlers(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle) → List[source]

Get all handlers that are going to be applied to the request in the bundle.

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
Returns:The list of handlers to apply
get_setup_handlers() → List[source]

Build a list of setup handlers and cache it

Returns:The list of handlers
handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, statistics: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.StatisticsSet)[source]

The main dispatcher for incoming messages.

Parameters:
  • bundle – The transaction bundle
  • statistics – Container for shared memory with statistics counters
static init_response(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Create the message object in bundle.response

Parameters:bundle – The transaction bundle
worker_init()[source]

Separate initialisation that will be called in each worker process that is created. Things that can’t be forked (think database connections etc) have to be initialised here.

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.nonblocking_pool module

A multiprocessing pool that doesn’t block when full. If we don’t do this then the queue fills up with old messages and the workers keep answering those while the client has probably already given up, instead of answering recent messages.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.nonblocking_pool.NonBlockingPool(processes=None, initializer=None, initargs=(), maxtasksperchild=None, context=None)[source]

Bases: multiprocessing.pool.Pool

A multiprocessing pool that doesn’t block when full

apply_async(func: Callable, args: Tuple = (), kwds: Dict = None, callback: Callable = None, error_callback: Callable = None)[source]

Asynchronous version of apply() method.

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.pygments_plugin module

Extensions to Pygments to correctly parse DHCPKit config files

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.pygments_plugin.DHCPKitConfLexer(**options)[source]

Bases: pygments.lexer.RegexLexer

Lexer for configuration files following the DHCPKit config file format.

aliases = ['dhcpkitconf', 'dhcpkit']
flags = 10
name = 'DHCPKitConf'
tokens = {'root': [('\\s+', Token.Text), ('(#.*?)$', Token.Comment), ('(<[^\\s>]+)(?:(\\s+)(.*?))?(>)', <function bygroups.<locals>.callback at 0x7f32a6b45378>), ('([a-z][\\w-]*)(\\s+)', <function bygroups.<locals>.callback at 0x7f32a6b45488>, 'value'), ('\\.+', Token.Text)], 'value': [('\\\\\\n', Token.Text), ('$', Token.Text, '#pop'), ('\\\\', Token.Text), ('[^\\S\\n]+', Token.Text), ('/([a-z0-9][\\w./-]+)', Token.Literal.String.Other), ('(on|off|yes|no|true|false|critical|error|warn|warning|info|debug-packets|debug-handling|debug|notset|authpriv|auth|cron|daemon|ftp|kern|lpr|mail|news|security|syslog|uucp|local[0-7]|udp|dgram|tcp|stream|hourly|hour|daily|day|weekly|week|size|user|group)\\b', Token.Keyword), ('"([^"\\\\]*(?:\\\\.[^"\\\\]*)*)"', Token.Literal.String.Double), ('[^\\s"\\\\]+', Token.Text)]}
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.queue_logger module

Adapt the QueueListener so that it respects the log levels of the handlers. Based on the Python 3.5 implementation.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.queue_logger.QueueLevelListener(queue, *handlers, respect_handler_level=False)[source]

Bases: logging.handlers.QueueListener

QueueListener that respects log levels

addHandler(handler)[source]

Add the specified handler to this logger.

dequeue(block)[source]

Dequeue a record and return it, optionally blocking. Return the sentinel on EOF because otherwise there are strange errors after a reload.

handle(record)[source]

Handle a record.

This just loops through the handlers offering them the record to handle.

removeHandler(handler)[source]

Remove the specified handler from this logger.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.queue_logger.WorkerQueueHandler(queue: multiprocessing.queues.Queue)[source]

Bases: logging.handlers.QueueHandler

A logging handler that queues messages and doesn’t cause exceptions when the queue is full.

enqueue(record)[source]

Enqueue a record.

Try three times rapidly, then just drop it.

prepare(record)[source]

Prepares a record for queuing. The object returned by this method is enqueued. This implementation adds the log_id if it is set.

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics module

Statistics about the server in shared memory

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.ServerStatistics[source]

Bases: object

A set of statistics about the DHCPv6 server

export() → Dict[source]

Export the counters

Returns:The counters in a processable format
get_update_set(interface_name: str = None, bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle = None) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.StatisticsSet[source]

Return all statistics objects that need to be updated.

Parameters:
  • interface_name – The name of the interface that we received the packet on
  • bundle – The transaction bundle to base the selection on
Returns:

The set to call count methods on
set_categories(category_settings)[source]

Create space for the given interfaces

Parameters:category_settings – Configuration setting for categories
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.Statistics[source]

Bases: object

A set of statistics about DHCPv6

count_do_not_respond()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_for_other_server()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_handling_error()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_incoming_packet()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_malformed_query()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_message_in(key)

Update the counter for the given key

count_message_out(key)

Update the counter for the given key

count_not_allowed()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_other_error()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_outgoing_packet()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_unknown_query_type()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_unparsable_packet()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_use_multicast()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

export() → Dict[source]

Export the counters

Returns:The counters in a processable format
class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.StatisticsSet(statistics_set: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: object

A set of statistics objects that are updated together. The metaclass will create all methods for us.

count_do_not_respond()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_for_other_server()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_handling_error()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_incoming_packet()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_malformed_query()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_message_in(key)

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_message_out(key)

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_not_allowed()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_other_error()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_outgoing_packet()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_unknown_query_type()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_unparsable_packet()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

count_use_multicast()

Call the counting method on all statistics objects

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.create_count_dict_method(method_name: str)[source]

Create a counting method for the StatisticsSet class

Parameters:method_name – The name of the method to call on Statistics objects
Returns:The generated method
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.create_count_method(method_name: str)[source]

Create a counting method for the StatisticsSet class

Parameters:method_name – The name of the method to call on Statistics objects
Returns:The generated method
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.create_update_dict_method(counter_name)[source]

Create a counting method for a counter in a dictionary on the Statistics class

Parameters:counter_name – The name of the counter to update
Returns:The generated method
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.create_update_method(counter_name)[source]

Create a counting method for a simple counter on the Statistics class

Parameters:counter_name – The name of the counter to update
Returns:The generated method
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle module

An object to hold everything related to a request/response transaction

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.MessagesList(first_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage = None, subsequent_messages: Iterator = None)[source]

Bases: object

A weird iterator wrapper. This allows handlers to manipulate the first message while not needing to load all of the subsequent messages in memory.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle(incoming_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message, received_over_multicast: bool, received_over_tcp: bool = False, allow_rapid_commit: bool = False, marks: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: object

A bundle with all data about a transaction. This makes it much easier to pass around multiple pieces of information.

add_mark(mark: str)[source]

Add this mark to the set.

Parameters:mark – The mark to add
allow_rapid_commit = None

Allow rapid commit? May be set to True on creation, may be set to False by handlers, not vice versa

allow_unicast = None

Allow the client use unicast to contact the server. Set to True by handlers

create_outgoing_relay_messages()[source]

Create a plain chain of RelayReplyMessages for the current response

get_unhandled_options(option_types: Type) → List[source]

Get a list of all Options in the request that haven’t been marked as handled

Returns:The list of unanswered Options
handled_options = None

A list of options from the request that have been handled, only applies to IA type options

handler_data = None

A place for handlers to store data related to this transaction

incoming_message = None

The incoming message including the relay chain

incoming_relay_messages = None

The chain of relay messages starting with the one closest to the client

Find the link address that identifies where this request is coming from. For TCP connections we use the remote endpoint of the connection instead.

mark_handled(option: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option)[source]

Mark the given option as handled. Not all options are specifically handled. This is mostly useful for options like IANAOption, IATAOption and IAPDOption.

Parameters:option – The option to mark as handled
marks = None

A set of marks that have been applied to this message

outgoing_message

Wrap the response in a relay chain if necessary. Only works when there is a single response.

outgoing_messages

Wrap the responses in a relay chain if necessary and iterate over them.

Warning

Be careful when iterating over outgoing messages. When iterating over multiple responses the original relay messages will be updated to contain the next response when proceeding the the next one!

outgoing_relay_messages = None

This is where the user puts the reply relay chain by calling create_outgoing_relay_messages()

received_over_multicast = None

A flag indicating whether the client used multicast to contact the server

received_over_tcp = None

A flag indicating whether the client used TCP to contact the server

relays

Get a list of all the relays that this message went through

request = None

The incoming request without the relay messages

response

Backwards-compatibility handling for when we only supported one response. TCP connections can support more than one response, but for normal DHCPv6 a single response is all we need is a single one, so make this use-case easy and backwards-compatible.

Returns:The first response
responses = None

This is where we keep our responses, potentially more than one

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.utils module

Utility functions for the DHCP server

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.utils.determine_local_duid() → dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.LinkLayerDUID[source]

Calculate our own DUID based on one of our MAC addresses

Returns:The server DUID
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker module

Worker process for handling requests using multiprocessing.

dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.current_message_handler = None
Type:MessageHandler
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.get_interface_name_from_options(options: Iterable)[source]

Get the interface name from the given options and decode it as unicode

Parameters:options – A list of options
Returns:The interface name
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.handle_message(incoming_packet: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.IncomingPacketBundle, replier: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.Replier)[source]

Handle a single incoming request. This is supposed to be called in a separate worker thread that has been initialised with setup_worker().

Parameters:
  • incoming_packet – The raw incoming request
  • replier – The object that will send replies for us
Returns:

The packet to reply with and the destination
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.logger = None
Type:logging.Logger
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.logging_handler = None
Type:WorkerQueueHandler
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.parse_incoming_request(incoming_packet: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.listeners.IncomingPacketBundle) → dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle[source]

Parse the incoming packet and add a RelayServerMessage around it containing the meta-data received from the listener.

Parameters:incoming_packet – The received packet
Returns:The parsed message in a transaction bundle
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.setup_worker(message_handler: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.message_handler.MessageHandler, logging_queue: <bound method BaseContext.Queue of <multiprocessing.context.DefaultContext object at 0x7f32ada03470>>, lowest_log_level: int, statistics: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.statistics.ServerStatistics, master_pid: int)[source]

This function will be called after a new worker process has been created. Its purpose is to set the global variables in this specific worker process so that they can be reused across multiple requests. Otherwise we would have to pickle them each and every time, and because they are static that would be a waste.

Parameters:
  • message_handler – The message handler for the incoming requests
  • logging_queue – The queue where we can deposit log messages so the main process can log them
  • lowest_log_level – The lowest log level that is going to be handled by the main process
  • statistics – Container for shared memory with statistics counters
  • master_pid – The PID of the master process, in case we have critical errors while initialising
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.shared_statistics = None
Type:ServerStatistics
dhcpkit.ipv6.server.worker.verify_response(outgoing_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message)[source]

generate the outgoing packet and check the RelayServerMessage around it.

Parameters:outgoing_message – The reply message
Submodules
dhcpkit.ipv6.duid_registry module

The DUID registry

class dhcpkit.ipv6.duid_registry.DUIDRegistry[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.registry.Registry

Registry for DHCPKit IPv6 DUIDs

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.ipv6.duids'
get_name(item: object) → str[source]

Get the name for the by_name mapping.

Parameters:item – The item to determine the name of
Returns:The name to use as key in the mapping
dhcpkit.ipv6.duids module

Classes and constants for the DUIDs defined in RFC 3315

class dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement

RFC 3315#section-9.1

A DUID consists of a two-octet type code represented in network byte order, followed by a variable number of octets that make up the actual identifier. A DUID can be no more than 128 octets long (not including the type code).

classmethod determine_class(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0) → type[source]

Return the appropriate subclass from the registry, or UnknownDUID if no subclass is registered.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
Returns:

The best known class for this duid data
duid_type = 0
parse_duid_header(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Parse the DUID type and perform some basic validation.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
class dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.EnterpriseDUID(enterprise_number: int = 0, identifier: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID

RFC 3315#section-9.3

This form of DUID is assigned by the vendor to the device. It consists of the vendor’s registered Private Enterprise Number as maintained by IANA [6] followed by a unique identifier assigned by the vendor. The following diagram summarizes the structure of a DUID-EN:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|               2               |       enterprise-number       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   enterprise-number (contd)   |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
.                           identifier                          .
.                       (variable length)                       .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

The source of the identifier is left up to the vendor defining it, but each identifier part of each DUID-EN MUST be unique to the device that is using it, and MUST be assigned to the device at the time it is manufactured and stored in some form of non-volatile storage. The generated DUID SHOULD be recorded in non-erasable storage. The enterprise-number is the vendor’s registered Private Enterprise Number as maintained by IANA [6]. The enterprise-number is stored as an unsigned 32 bit number.

An example DUID of this type might look like this:

+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
| 0 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |  9| 12|192|
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
|132|221| 3 | 0 | 9 | 18|
+---+---+---+---+---+---+

This example includes the two-octet type of 2, the Enterprise Number (9), followed by eight octets of identifier data (0x0CC084D303000912).

duid_type = 2
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.LinkLayerDUID(hardware_type: int = 0, link_layer_address: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID

RFC 3315#section-9.4

This type of DUID consists of two octets containing the DUID type 3, a two octet network hardware type code, followed by the link-layer address of any one network interface that is permanently connected to the client or server device. For example, a host that has a network interface implemented in a chip that is unlikely to be removed and used elsewhere could use a DUID-LL. The hardware type MUST be a valid hardware type assigned by the IANA, as described in RFC 826 [14]. The hardware type is stored in network byte order. The link-layer address is stored in canonical form, as described in RFC 2464 [2]. The following diagram illustrates the format of a DUID-LL:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|               3               |    hardware type (16 bits)    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.             link-layer address (variable length)              .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

The choice of network interface can be completely arbitrary, as long as that interface provides a unique link-layer address and is permanently attached to the device on which the DUID-LL is being generated. The same DUID-LL SHOULD be used in configuring all network interfaces connected to the device, regardless of which interface’s link-layer address was used to generate the DUID.

DUID-LL is recommended for devices that have a permanently-connected network interface with a link-layer address, and do not have nonvolatile, writable stable storage. DUID-LL MUST NOT be used by DHCP clients or servers that cannot tell whether or not a network interface is permanently attached to the device on which the DHCP client is running.

display_hardware_type() → dhcpkit.protocol_element.ElementDataRepresentation[source]

Nicer representation of hardware types :return: Representation of hardware type

Nicer representation of link-layer address if we know the hardware type :return: Representation of link-layer address

duid_type = 3
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.LinkLayerTimeDUID(hardware_type: int = 0, time: int = 0, link_layer_address: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID

RFC 3315#section-9.2

This type of DUID consists of a two octet type field containing the value 1, a two octet hardware type code, four octets containing a time value, followed by link-layer address of any one network interface that is connected to the DHCP device at the time that the DUID is generated. The time value is the time that the DUID is generated represented in seconds since midnight (UTC), January 1, 2000, modulo 2^32. The hardware type MUST be a valid hardware type assigned by the IANA as described in RFC 826 [14]. Both the time and the hardware type are stored in network byte order. The link-layer address is stored in canonical form, as described in RFC 2464 [2].

The following diagram illustrates the format of a DUID-LLT:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|               1               |    hardware type (16 bits)    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        time (32 bits)                         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.             link-layer address (variable length)              .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

The choice of network interface can be completely arbitrary, as long as that interface provides a globally unique link-layer address for the link type, and the same DUID-LLT SHOULD be used in configuring all network interfaces connected to the device, regardless of which interface’s link-layer address was used to generate the DUID-LLT.

Clients and servers using this type of DUID MUST store the DUID-LLT in stable storage, and MUST continue to use this DUID-LLT even if the network interface used to generate the DUID-LLT is removed. Clients and servers that do not have any stable storage MUST NOT use this type of DUID.

Clients and servers that use this DUID SHOULD attempt to configure the time prior to generating the DUID, if that is possible, and MUST use some sort of time source (for example, a real-time clock) in generating the DUID, even if that time source could not be configured prior to generating the DUID. The use of a time source makes it unlikely that two identical DUID-LLTs will be generated if the network interface is removed from the client and another client then uses the same network interface to generate a DUID-LLT. A collision between two DUID-LLTs is very unlikely even if the clocks have not been configured prior to generating the DUID.

This method of DUID generation is recommended for all general purpose computing devices such as desktop computers and laptop computers, and also for devices such as printers, routers, and so on, that contain some form of writable non-volatile storage.

Despite our best efforts, it is possible that this algorithm for generating a DUID could result in a client identifier collision. A DHCP client that generates a DUID-LLT using this mechanism MUST provide an administrative interface that replaces the existing DUID with a newly-generated DUID-LLT.

display_hardware_type() → dhcpkit.protocol_element.ElementDataRepresentation[source]

Nicer representation of hardware types :return: Representation of hardware type

Nicer representation of link-layer address if we know the hardware type :return: Representation of link-layer address

duid_type = 1
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.UnknownDUID(duid_type: int = 0, duid_data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID

Container for raw DUID content for cases where we don’t know how to decode the DUID.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
dhcpkit.ipv6.message_registry module

The option registry

class dhcpkit.ipv6.message_registry.MessageRegistry[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.registry.Registry

Registry for DHCPKit IPv6 Options

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.ipv6.messages'
get_name(item: object) → str[source]

Get the name for the by_name mapping.

Parameters:item – The item to determine the name of
Returns:The name to use as key in the mapping
dhcpkit.ipv6.messages module

Classes and constants for the message types defined in RFC 3315

class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.AdvertiseMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A server sends an Advertise message to indicate that it is available for DHCP service, in response to a Solicit message received from a client.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 2
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message

RFC 3315#section-6

All DHCP messages sent between clients and servers share an identical fixed format header and a variable format area for options.

All values in the message header and in options are in network byte order.

Options are stored serially in the options field, with no padding between the options. Options are byte-aligned but are not aligned in any other way such as on 2 or 4 byte boundaries.

The following diagram illustrates the format of DHCP messages sent between clients and servers:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    msg-type   |               transaction-id                  |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                            options                            .
.                           (variable)                          .
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
msg-type
Identifies the DHCP message type; the available message types are listed in section 5.3.
transaction-id
The transaction ID for this message exchange.
options
Options carried in this message; options are described in section 22.
get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ConfirmMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends a Confirm message to any available server to determine whether the addresses it was assigned are still appropriate to the link to which the client is connected.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 4
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.DeclineMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends a Decline message to a server to indicate that the client has determined that one or more addresses assigned by the server are already in use on the link to which the client is connected.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 9
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.InformationRequestMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends an Information-request message to a server to request configuration parameters without the assignment of any IP addresses to the client.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 11
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement

The base class for DHCP messages.

classmethod determine_class(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0) → type[source]

Return the appropriate subclass from the registry, or UnknownClientServerMessage if no subclass is registered.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
Returns:

The best known class for this message data
from_client_to_server = False
from_server_to_client = False
message_type = 0
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RebindMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends a Rebind message to any available server to extend the lifetimes on the addresses assigned to the client and to update other configuration parameters; this message is sent after a client receives no response to a Renew message.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 6
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ReconfigureMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A server sends a Reconfigure message to a client to inform the client that the server has new or updated configuration parameters, and that the client is to initiate a Renew/Reply or Information-request/Reply transaction with the server in order to receive the updated information.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 10
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayForwardMessage(hop_count: int = 0, link_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, peer_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayServerMessage

A relay agent sends a Relay-forward message to relay messages to servers, either directly or through another relay agent. The received message, either a client message or a Relay-forward message from another relay agent, is encapsulated in an option in the Relay-forward message.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 12
wrap_response(response: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage) → dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage[source]

The incoming message was wrapped in this RelayForwardMessage. Let this RelayForwardMessage then create a RelayReplyMessage with the correct options and wrap the reply .

Parameters:response – The response that is going to be sent to the client
Returns:The RelayReplyMessage wrapping the response
Return type:RelayReplyMessage
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage(hop_count: int = 0, link_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, peer_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayServerMessage

A server sends a Relay-reply message to a relay agent containing a message that the relay agent delivers to a client. The Relay-reply message may be relayed by other relay agents for delivery to the destination relay agent.

The server encapsulates the client message as an option in the Relay-reply message, which the relay agent extracts and relays to the client.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 13
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayServerMessage(hop_count: int = 0, link_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, peer_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message

RFC 3315#section-7

Relay agents exchange messages with servers to relay messages between clients and servers that are not connected to the same link.

All values in the message header and in options are in network byte order.

Options are stored serially in the options field, with no padding between the options. Options are byte-aligned but are not aligned in any other way such as on 2 or 4 byte boundaries.

There are two relay agent messages, which share the following format:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    msg-type   |   hop-count   |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
|                                                               |
|                         link-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-|
|                               |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
|                                                               |
|                         peer-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-|
|                               |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
.                                                               .
.            options (variable number and length)   ....        .
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
inner_message

Utility method to easily get the innermost message from the RelayMessageOption inside this RelayServerMessage.

Returns:The message, if found
inner_relay_message

Utility method to easily get the innermost relay message from the RelayMessageOption inside this RelayServerMessage.

Returns:The message, if found
Return type:RelayServerMessage or None
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
relayed_message

Utility method to easily get the relayed message from the RelayMessageOption inside this RelayServerMessage.

Returns:The message, if found
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ReleaseMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends a Release message to the server that assigned addresses to the client to indicate that the client will no longer use one or more of the assigned addresses.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 8
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RenewMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends a Renew message to the server that originally provided the client’s addresses and configuration parameters to extend the lifetimes on the addresses assigned to the client and to update other configuration parameters.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 5
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ReplyMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A server sends a Reply message containing assigned addresses and configuration parameters in response to a Solicit, Request, Renew, Rebind message received from a client. A server sends a Reply message containing configuration parameters in response to an Information-request message. A server sends a Reply message in response to a Confirm message confirming or denying that the addresses assigned to the client are appropriate to the link to which the client is connected. A server sends a Reply message to acknowledge receipt of a Release or Decline message.

from_server_to_client = True
message_type = 7
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RequestMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

A client sends a Request message to request configuration parameters, including IP addresses, from a specific server.

from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 3
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.SolicitMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

SOLICIT (1)
A client sends a Solicit message to locate servers.
from_client_to_server = True
message_type = 1
class dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.UnknownMessage(message_type: int = 0, message_data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message

Container for raw message content for cases where we don’t know how to decode the message.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

dhcpkit.ipv6.option_registry module

The option registry

class dhcpkit.ipv6.option_registry.OptionRegistry[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.registry.Registry

Registry for DHCPKit IPv6 Options

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.ipv6.options'
get_name(item: object) → str[source]

Get the name for the by_name mapping.

Parameters:item – The item to determine the name of
Returns:The name to use as key in the mapping
dhcpkit.ipv6.options module

Classes and constants for the options defined in RFC 3315

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.AuthenticationOption(protocol: int = 0, algorithm: int = 0, rdm: int = 0, replay_detection: bytes = b'x00x00x00x00x00x00x00x00', auth_info: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.11

The Authentication option carries authentication information to authenticate the identity and contents of DHCP messages. The use of the Authentication option is described in section 21. The format of the Authentication option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_AUTH          |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   protocol    |   algorithm   |      RDM      |               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+               |
|                                                               |
|          replay detection (64 bits)           +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                               |   auth-info   |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+               |
.                   authentication information                  .
.                       (variable length)                       .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_AUTH (11).
option-len
11 + length of authentication information field.
protocol
The authentication protocol used in this authentication option.
algorithm
The algorithm used in the authentication protocol.
RDM
The replay detection method used in this authentication option.
Replay detection
The replay detection information for the RDM.
authentication information
The authentication information, as specified by the protocol and algorithm used in this authentication option.
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 11
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ClientIdOption(duid: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.2

The Client Identifier option is used to carry a DUID (see section 9) identifying a client between a client and a server. The format of the Client Identifier option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_CLIENTID        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                              DUID                             .
.                        (variable length)                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_CLIENTID (1).
option-len
Length of DUID in octets.
DUID
The DUID for the client.
duid = None

The DUID of the client

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 1
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ElapsedTimeOption(elapsed_time: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.9

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_ELAPSED_TIME      |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          elapsed-time         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_ELAPSED_TIME (8).
option-len
elapsed-time
The amount of time since the client began its current DHCP transaction. This time is expressed in hundredths of a second (10^-2 seconds).

A client MUST include an Elapsed Time option in messages to indicate how long the client has been trying to complete a DHCP message exchange. The elapsed time is measured from the time at which the client sent the first message in the message exchange, and the elapsed-time field is set to 0 in the first message in the message exchange. Servers and Relay Agents use the data value in this option as input to policy controlling how a server responds to a client message. For example, the elapsed time option allows a secondary DHCP server to respond to a request when a primary server has not answered in a reasonable time. The elapsed time value is an unsigned, 16 bit integer. The client uses the value 0xffff to represent any elapsed time values greater than the largest time value that can be represented in the Elapsed Time option.

elapsed_time = None

The amount of time since the client began its current DHCP transaction

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 8
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.IAAddressOption(address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None, preferred_lifetime: int = 0, valid_lifetime: int = 0, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.6

The IA Address option is used to specify IPv6 addresses associated with an IA_NA or an IA_TA. The IA Address option must be encapsulated in the Options field of an IA_NA or IA_TA option. The Options field encapsulates those options that are specific to this address.

The format of the IA Address option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_IAADDR        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                         IPv6 address                          |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                      preferred-lifetime                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        valid-lifetime                         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                        IAaddr-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_IAADDR (5).
option-len
24 + length of IAaddr-options field.
IPv6 address
An IPv6 address.
preferred-lifetime
The preferred lifetime for the IPv6 address in the option, expressed in units of seconds.
valid-lifetime
The valid lifetime for the IPv6 address in the option, expressed in units of seconds.
IAaddr-options
Options associated with this address.

In a message sent by a client to a server, values in the preferred and valid lifetime fields indicate the client’s preference for those parameters. The client may send 0 if it has no preference for the preferred and valid lifetimes. In a message sent by a server to a client, the client MUST use the values in the preferred and valid lifetime fields for the preferred and valid lifetimes. The values in the preferred and valid lifetimes are the number of seconds remaining in each lifetime.

A client discards any addresses for which the preferred lifetime is greater than the valid lifetime. A server ignores the lifetimes set by the client if the preferred lifetime is greater than the valid lifetime and ignores the values for T1 and T2 set by the client if those values are greater than the preferred lifetime.

Care should be taken in setting the valid lifetime of an address to 0xffffffff (“infinity”), which amounts to a permanent assignment of an address to a client.

An IA Address option may appear only in an IA_NA option or an IA_TA option. More than one IA Address Option can appear in an IA_NA option or an IA_TA option.

The status of any operations involving this IA Address is indicated in a Status Code option in the IAaddr-options field.

address = None

The IPv6 address

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 5
options = None

The list of options related to this IAAddressOption

preferred_lifetime = None

The preferred lifetime of this IPv6 address

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
valid_lifetime = None

The valid lifetime of this IPv6 address

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.IANAOption(iaid: bytes = b'x00x00x00x00', t1: int = 0, t2: int = 0, options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.4

The Identity Association for Non-temporary Addresses option (IA_NA option) is used to carry an IA_NA, the parameters associated with the IA_NA, and the non-temporary addresses associated with the IA_NA.

Addresses appearing in an IA_NA option are not temporary addresses (see section 22.5).

The format of the IA_NA option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_IA_NA         |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        IAID (4 octets)                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T1                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T2                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                         IA_NA-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_IA_NA (3).
option-len
12 + length of IA_NA-options field.
IAID
The unique identifier for this IA_NA; the IAID must be unique among the identifiers for all of this client’s IA_NAs. The number space for IA_NA IAIDs is separate from the number space for IA_TA IAIDs.
T1
The time at which the client contacts the server from which the addresses in the IA_NA were obtained to extend the lifetimes of the addresses assigned to the IA_NA; T1 is a time duration relative to the current time expressed in units of seconds.
T2
The time at which the client contacts any available server to extend the lifetimes of the addresses assigned to the IA_NA; T2 is a time duration relative to the current time expressed in units of seconds.
IA_NA-options
Options associated with this IA_NA.

The IA_NA-options field encapsulates those options that are specific to this IA_NA. For example, all of the IA Address Options carrying the addresses associated with this IA_NA are in the IA_NA-options field.

An IA_NA option may only appear in the options area of a DHCP message. A DHCP message may contain multiple IA_NA options.

The status of any operations involving this IA_NA is indicated in a Status Code option in the IA_NA-options field.

Note that an IA_NA has no explicit “lifetime” or “lease length” of its own. When the valid lifetimes of all of the addresses in an IA_NA have expired, the IA_NA can be considered as having expired. T1 and T2 are included to give servers explicit control over when a client recontacts the server about a specific IA_NA.

In a message sent by a client to a server, values in the T1 and T2 fields indicate the client’s preference for those parameters. The client sets T1 and T2 to 0 if it has no preference for those values. In a message sent by a server to a client, the client MUST use the values in the T1 and T2 fields for the T1 and T2 parameters, unless those values in those fields are 0. The values in the T1 and T2 fields are the number of seconds until T1 and T2.

The server selects the T1 and T2 times to allow the client to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in the IA_NA before the lifetimes expire, even if the server is unavailable for some short period of time. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are .5 and .8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the addresses in the IA that the server is willing to extend, respectively. If the “shortest” preferred lifetime is 0xffffffff (“infinity”), the recommended T1 and T2 values are also 0xffffffff. If the time at which the addresses in an IA_NA are to be renewed is to be left to the discretion of the client, the server sets T1 and T2 to 0.

If a server receives an IA_NA with T1 greater than T2, and both T1 and T2 are greater than 0, the server ignores the invalid values of T1 and T2 and processes the IA_NA as though the client had set T1 and T2 to 0.

If a client receives an IA_NA with T1 greater than T2, and both T1 and T2 are greater than 0, the client discards the IA_NA option and processes the remainder of the message as though the server had not included the invalid IA_NA option.

Care should be taken in setting T1 or T2 to 0xffffffff (“infinity”). A client will never attempt to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in an IA with T1 set to 0xffffffff. A client will never attempt to use a Rebind message to locate a different server to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in an IA with T2 set to 0xffffffff.

get_addresses() → List[source]

Get all addresses from IAAddressOptions

Returns:list if addresses
get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
iaid = None

The unique identifier for this IA_NA

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 3
options = None

The list of options contained in this IANAOption

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
t1 = None

The time at which the client contacts the server to renew its addresses

t2 = None

The time at which the client contacts any available server to rebind its addresses

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.IATAOption(iaid: bytes = b'x00x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.5

The Identity Association for the Temporary Addresses (IA_TA) option is used to carry an IA_TA, the parameters associated with the IA_TA and the addresses associated with the IA_TA. All of the addresses in this option are used by the client as temporary addresses, as defined in RFC 3041 [12]. The format of the IA_TA option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         OPTION_IA_TA          |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        IAID (4 octets)                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                         IA_TA-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_IA_TA (4).
option-len
4 + length of IA_TA-options field.
IAID
The unique identifier for this IA_TA; the IAID must be unique among the identifiers for all of this client’s IA_TAs. The number space for IA_TA IAIDs is separate from the number space for IA_NA IAIDs.
IA_TA-options
Options associated with this IA_TA.

The IA_TA-Options field encapsulates those options that are specific to this IA_TA. For example, all of the IA Address Options carrying the addresses associated with this IA_TA are in the IA_TA-options field.

Each IA_TA carries one “set” of temporary addresses; that is, at most one address from each prefix assigned to the link to which the client is attached.

An IA_TA option may only appear in the options area of a DHCP message. A DHCP message may contain multiple IA_TA options.

The status of any operations involving this IA_TA is indicated in a Status Code option in the IA_TA-options field.

Note that an IA has no explicit “lifetime” or “lease length” of its own. When the valid lifetimes of all of the addresses in an IA_TA have expired, the IA can be considered as having expired.

An IA_TA option does not include values for T1 and T2. A client MAY request that the lifetimes on temporary addresses be extended by including the addresses in a IA_TA option sent in a Renew or Rebind message to a server. For example, a client would request an extension on the lifetime of a temporary address to allow an application to continue to use an established TCP connection.

The client obtains new temporary addresses by sending an IA_TA option with a new IAID to a server. Requesting new temporary addresses from the server is the equivalent of generating new temporary addresses as described in RFC 3041. The server will generate new temporary addresses and return them to the client. The client should request new temporary addresses before the lifetimes on the previously assigned addresses expire.

A server MUST return the same set of temporary address for the same IA_TA (as identified by the IAID) as long as those addresses are still valid. After the lifetimes of the addresses in an IA_TA have expired, the IAID may be reused to identify a new IA_TA with new temporary addresses.

This option MAY appear in a Confirm message if the lifetimes on the temporary addresses in the associated IA have not expired.

get_addresses() → List[source]

Get all addresses from IAAddressOptions

Returns:list if addresses
get_option_of_type(*args) → Union[source]

Get the first option that is a subclass of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The option or None
get_options_of_type(*args) → List[source]

Get all options that are subclasses of the given class.

Parameters:args – The classes to look for
Returns:The list of options
iaid = None

The unique identifier for this IA_TA

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 4
options = None

The list of options contained in this IATAOption

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.InterfaceIdOption(interface_id: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.18

The relay agent MAY send the Interface-id option to identify the interface on which the client message was received. If a relay agent receives a Relay-reply message with an Interface-id option, the relay agent relays the message to the client through the interface identified by the option.

The format of the Interface ID option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_INTERFACE_ID      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                         interface-id                          .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_INTERFACE_ID (18).
option-len
Length of interface-id field.
interface-id
An opaque value of arbitrary length generated by the relay agent to identify one of the relay agent’s interfaces.

The server MUST copy the Interface-Id option from the Relay-Forward message into the Relay-Reply message the server sends to the relay agent in response to the Relay-Forward message. This option MUST NOT appear in any message except a Relay-Forward or Relay-Reply message.

Servers MAY use the Interface-ID for parameter assignment policies. The Interface-ID SHOULD be considered an opaque value, with policies based on exact match only; that is, the Interface-ID SHOULD NOT be internally parsed by the server. The Interface-ID value for an interface SHOULD be stable and remain unchanged, for example, after the relay agent is restarted; if the Interface-ID changes, a server will not be able to use it reliably in parameter assignment policies.

interface_id = None

The interface-ID that the relay received the incoming message on

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 18
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement

RFC 3315#section-22.1

The format of DHCP options is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          option-code          |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                          option-data                          |
|                      (option-len octets)                      |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
An unsigned integer identifying the specific option type carried in this option.
option-len
An unsigned integer giving the length of the option-data field in this option in octets.
option-data
The data for the option; the format of this data depends on the definition of the option.

DHCPv6 options are scoped by using encapsulation. Some options apply generally to the client, some are specific to an IA, and some are specific to the addresses within an IA. These latter two cases are discussed in sections 22.4 and 22.6.

classmethod determine_class(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0) → type[source]

Return the appropriate subclass from the registry, or UnknownOption if no subclass is registered.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
Returns:

The best known class for this option data
option_type = 0
parse_option_header(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None, min_length: int = 0, max_length: int = 65535) → Tuple[source]

Parse the option code and length from the buffer and perform some basic validation.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
  • min_length – The minimum length this option can have
  • max_length – The maximum length this option can have
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer and the value of the option-len field
class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.OptionRequestOption(requested_options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.7

The Option Request option is used to identify a list of options in a message between a client and a server. The format of the Option Request option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|           OPTION_ORO          |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_ORO (6).
option-len
2 * number of requested options.
requested-option-code-n
The option code for an option requested by the client.

A client MAY include an Option Request option in a Solicit, Request, Renew, Rebind, Confirm or Information-request message to inform the server about options the client wants the server to send to the client. A server MAY include an Option Request option in a Reconfigure option to indicate which options the client should request from the server.

display_requested_options() → List[source]

Provide a nicer output when displaying the requested options.

Returns:A list of option names
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 6
requested_options = None

The list of option type numbers that the client is interested in

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.PreferenceOption(preference: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.8

The Preference option is sent by a server to a client to affect the selection of a server by the client.

The format of the Preference option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_PREFERENCE       |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|  pref-value   |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_PREFERENCE (7).
option-len
pref-value
The preference value for the server in this message.

A server MAY include a Preference option in an Advertise message to control the selection of a server by the client. See section 17.1.3 for the use of the Preference option by the client and the interpretation of Preference option data value.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 7
preference = None

The preference that the client should treat this server with

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.RapidCommitOption[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.14

The Rapid Commit option is used to signal the use of the two message exchange for address assignment. The format of the Rapid Commit option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_RAPID_COMMIT      |               0               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_RAPID_COMMIT (14).
option-len

A client MAY include this option in a Solicit message if the client is prepared to perform the Solicit-Reply message exchange described in section 17.1.1.

A server MUST include this option in a Reply message sent in response to a Solicit message when completing the Solicit-Reply message exchange.

DISCUSSION:

Each server that responds with a Reply to a Solicit that includes a Rapid Commit option will commit the assigned addresses in the Reply message to the client, and will not receive any confirmation that the client has received the Reply message. Therefore, if more than one server responds to a Solicit that includes a Rapid Commit option, some servers will commit addresses that are not actually used by the client.

The problem of unused addresses can be minimized, for example, by designing the DHCP service so that only one server responds to the Solicit or by using relatively short lifetimes for assigned addresses.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 14
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ReconfigureAcceptOption[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.20

A client uses the Reconfigure Accept option to announce to the server whether the client is willing to accept Reconfigure messages, and a server uses this option to tell the client whether or not to accept Reconfigure messages. The default behavior, in the absence of this option, means unwillingness to accept Reconfigure messages, or instruction not to accept Reconfigure messages, for the client and server messages, respectively. The following figure gives the format of the Reconfigure Accept option:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_RECONF_ACCEPT      |               0               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_RECONF_ACCEPT (20).
option-len
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 20
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ReconfigureMessageOption(message_type: int = 0)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.19

A server includes a Reconfigure Message option in a Reconfigure message to indicate to the client whether the client responds with a Renew message or an Information-request message. The format of this option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_RECONF_MSG        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    msg-type   |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_RECONF_MSG (19).
option-len
msg-type
5 for Renew message, 11 for Information-request message.

The Reconfigure Message option can only appear in a Reconfigure message.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
message_type = None

The message type that the client should respond with

option_type = 19
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.RelayMessageOption(relayed_message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.10

The Relay Message option carries a DHCP message in a Relay-forward or Relay-reply message.

The format of the Relay Message option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_RELAY_MSG       |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                       DHCP-relay-message                      .
.                                                               .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_RELAY_MSG (9)
option-len
Length of DHCP-relay-message
DHCP-relay-message
In a Relay-forward message, the received message, relayed verbatim to the next relay agent or server; in a Relay-reply message, the message to be copied and relayed to the relay agent or client whose address is in the peer-address field of the Relay-reply message
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 9
relayed_message = None

The relayed DHCP message

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ServerIdOption(duid: dhcpkit.ipv6.duids.DUID = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.3

The Server Identifier option is used to carry a DUID (see section 9) identifying a server between a client and a server. The format of the Server Identifier option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_SERVERID        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                              DUID                             .
.                        (variable length)                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_SERVERID (2).
option-len
Length of DUID in octets.
DUID
The DUID for the server.
duid = None

The DUID of the server

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 2
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.ServerUnicastOption(server_address: ipaddress.IPv6Address = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.12

The server sends this option to a client to indicate to the client that it is allowed to unicast messages to the server. The format of the Server Unicast option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_UNICAST       |        option-len             |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                       server-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_UNICAST (12).
option-len
server-address
The IP address to which the client should send messages delivered using unicast.

The server specifies the IPv6 address to which the client is to send unicast messages in the server-address field. When a client receives this option, where permissible and appropriate, the client sends messages directly to the server using the IPv6 address specified in the server-address field of the option.

When the server sends a Unicast option to the client, some messages from the client will not be relayed by Relay Agents, and will not include Relay Agent options from the Relay Agents. Therefore, a server should only send a Unicast option to a client when Relay Agents are not sending Relay Agent options. A DHCP server rejects any messages sent inappropriately using unicast to ensure that messages are relayed by Relay Agents when Relay Agent options are in use.

Details about when the client may send messages to the server using unicast are in section 18.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 12
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
server_address = None

The global unicast address that the client may contact this server on

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.StatusCodeOption(status_code: int = 0, status_message: str = '')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.13

This option returns a status indication related to the DHCP message or option in which it appears. The format of the Status Code option is:

 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_STATUS_CODE      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          status-code          |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
.                                                               .
.                        status-message                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_STATUS_CODE (13).
option-len
2 + length of status-message.
status-code
The numeric code for the status encoded in this option. The status codes are defined in section 24.4.
status-message
A UTF-8 encoded text string suitable for display to an end user, which MUST NOT be null-terminated.

A Status Code option may appear in the options field of a DHCP message and/or in the options field of another option. If the Status Code option does not appear in a message in which the option could appear, the status of the message is assumed to be Success.

display_status_code() → dhcpkit.protocol_element.ElementDataRepresentation[source]

Nicer representation of status codes :return: Representation of status code

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 13
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
status_code = None

The status code

status_message = None

The status message suitable for display to an end user

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.UnknownOption(option_type: int = 0, option_data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

Container for raw option content for cases where we don’t know how to decode the option.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_data = None

The option data as bytes

save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.UserClassOption(user_classes: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.15

The User Class option is used by a client to identify the type or category of user or applications it represents.

The format of the User Class option is:

 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_USER_CLASS       |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                          user-class-data                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_USER_CLASS (15).
option-len
Length of user class data field.
user-class-data
The user classes carried by the client.

The information contained in the data area of this option is contained in one or more opaque fields that represent the user class or classes of which the client is a member. A server selects configuration information for the client based on the classes identified in this option. For example, the User Class option can be used to configure all clients of people in the accounting department with a different printer than clients of people in the marketing department. The user class information carried in this option MUST be configurable on the client.

The data area of the user class option MUST contain one or more instances of user class data. Each instance of the user class data is formatted as follows:

+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        user-class-len         |          opaque-data          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

The user-class-len is two octets long and specifies the length of the opaque user class data in network byte order.

A server interprets the classes identified in this option according to its configuration to select the appropriate configuration information for the client. A server may use only those user classes that it is configured to interpret in selecting configuration information for a client and ignore any other user classes. In response to a message containing a User Class option, a server includes a User Class option containing those classes that were successfully interpreted by the server, so that the client can be informed of the classes interpreted by the server.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 15
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
user_classes = None

The list of user classes

validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.VendorClassOption(enterprise_number: int = 0, vendor_classes: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.16

This option is used by a client to identify the vendor that manufactured the hardware on which the client is running. The information contained in the data area of this option is contained in one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware configuration. The format of the Vendor Class option is:

 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_VENDOR_CLASS      |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       enterprise-number                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                       vendor-class-data                       .
.                             . . .                             .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_VENDOR_CLASS (16).
option-len
4 + length of vendor class data field.
enterprise-number
The vendor’s registered Enterprise Number as registered with IANA [6].
vendor-class-data
The hardware configuration of the host on which the client is running.

The vendor-class-data is composed of a series of separate items, each of which describes some characteristic of the client’s hardware configuration. Examples of vendor-class-data instances might include the version of the operating system the client is running or the amount of memory installed on the client.

Each instance of the vendor-class-data is formatted as follows:

+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       vendor-class-len        |          opaque-data          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

The vendor-class-len is two octets long and specifies the length of the opaque vendor class data in network byte order.

enterprise_number = None

The enterprise number

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 16
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

vendor_classes = None

The list of vendor classes for this enterprise

class dhcpkit.ipv6.options.VendorSpecificInformationOption(enterprise_number: int = 0, vendor_options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

RFC 3315#section-22.17

This option is used by clients and servers to exchange vendor-specific information.

The format of the Vendor-specific Information option is:

 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_VENDOR_OPTS       |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       enterprise-number                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                          option-data                          .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
option-code
OPTION_VENDOR_OPTS (17)
option-len
4 + length of option-data field
enterprise-number
The vendor’s registered Enterprise Number as registered with IANA [6].
option-data
An opaque object of option-len octets, interpreted by vendor-specific code on the clients and servers

The definition of the information carried in this option is vendor specific. The vendor is indicated in the enterprise-number field. Use of vendor-specific information allows enhanced operation, utilizing additional features in a vendor’s DHCP implementation. A DHCP client that does not receive requested vendor-specific information will still configure the host device’s IPv6 stack to be functional.

The encapsulated vendor-specific options field MUST be encoded as a sequence of code/length/value fields of identical format to the DHCP options field. The option codes are defined by the vendor identified in the enterprise-number field and are not managed by IANA. Each of the encapsulated options is formatted as follows:

 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          opt-code             |             option-len        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                          option-data                          .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
opt-code
The code for the encapsulated option.
option-len
An unsigned integer giving the length of the option-data field in this encapsulated option in octets.
option-data
The data area for the encapsulated option.

Multiple instances of the Vendor-specific Information option may appear in a DHCP message. Each instance of the option is interpreted according to the option codes defined by the vendor identified by the Enterprise Number in that option.

enterprise_number = None

The enterprise number

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 17
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Validate that the contents of this object conform to protocol specs.

vendor_options = None

The list of vendor options for this enterprise where each option is a tuple containing a code and the data

dhcpkit.ipv6.utils module

Utility functions for IPv6 DHCP

dhcpkit.ipv6.utils.address_in_prefixes(address: ipaddress.IPv6Address, prefixes: Iterable) → bool[source]

Check whether the given address is part of one of the given prefixes

Parameters:
  • address – The IPv6 address to check
  • prefixes (list[IPv6Network]) – The list of IPv6 prefixes
Returns:

Whether the address is part of one of the prefixes
dhcpkit.ipv6.utils.is_global_unicast(address: ipaddress.IPv6Address) → bool[source]

Check if an address is a global unicast address according to RFC 4291.

Parameters:address – The address to check
Returns:Whether it is a global unicast address
dhcpkit.ipv6.utils.prefix_overlaps_prefixes(prefix: ipaddress.IPv6Network, prefixes: Iterable) → bool[source]

Check whether the given address is part of one of the given prefixes

Parameters:
  • prefix – The IPv6 prefix to check
  • prefixes (list[IPv6Network]) – The list of IPv6 prefixes
Returns:

Whether the address is part of one of the prefixes
dhcpkit.ipv6.utils.split_relay_chain(message: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.Message) → Tuple[source]

Separate the relay chain from the actual request message.

Parameters:message – The incoming message
Returns:The request and the chain of relay messages starting with the one closest to the client
dhcpkit.tests package

All the unit tests go here

class dhcpkit.tests.DeepCopyMagicMock(*args, **kw)[source]

Bases: unittest.mock.MagicMock

A magic mock class that deep-copies the method arguments to check the state of mutable objects at call time

Subpackages
dhcpkit.tests.common package

Tests for common code (for when we implement IPv4 as well)

Subpackages
dhcpkit.tests.common.logging package

Test whether the common logging functions work as intended

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.common.logging.test_verbosity module

Test whether the common logging verbosity functions work as intended

class dhcpkit.tests.common.logging.test_verbosity.VerbosityLoggerTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_create_handler()[source]
test_existing_handler()[source]
test_logger_level()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.common.privileges package

Tests for common privileges code

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.common.privileges.test_privileges module

Test whether the common privilege functions work as intended

class dhcpkit.tests.common.privileges.test_privileges.PrivilegeTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

static get_nobody() → pwd.struct_passwd[source]
static get_somebody() → pwd.struct_passwd[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

tearDown()[source]

Hook method for deconstructing the test fixture after testing it.

test_drop_privileges_not_necessary()[source]
test_drop_privileges_with_restore()[source]
test_restore_privileges_as_effective_other()[source]
test_restore_privileges_as_non_root()[source]
test_restore_privileges_as_root()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.common.server package

Tests for common server components

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.common.server.test_config_datatypes module

Tests for datatypes for use in configuration files

class dhcpkit.tests.common.server.test_config_datatypes.DomainNameTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_label_too_long()[source]
test_name_too_long()[source]
test_valid()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6 package

Tests for the IPv6 DHCPv6 implementation go here

Subpackages
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions package

Tests for extensions to the base DHCPv6 protocol

Subpackages
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery package

Tests for the Leasequery extension

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_client_data_option module

Test the ClientDataOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_client_data_option.ClientDataOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_parse_wrong_type()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_clt_time_option module

Test the CLTTimeOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_clt_time_option.CLTTimeOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_parse_wrong_type()[source]
test_validate_clt_time()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_leasequery_message module

Test the LeasequeryMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_leasequery_message.LeasequeryMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_message.MessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_lq_query_option module

Test the LQQueryOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_lq_query_option.LQQueryOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_display()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_parse_wrong_type()[source]
test_validate_query_type()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_lq_relay_data_option module

Test the LQRelayDataOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.leasequery.test_lq_relay_data_option.ClientDataOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_parse_wrong_type()[source]
test_test_wrong_message()[source]
test_validate_peer_address()[source]
Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_bulk_leasequery module

Test the RelayIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_bulk_leasequery.RelayIdOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_duid()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_client_fqdn module

Test the Client FQDN option implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_client_fqdn.ClientFQDNOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_n_flag()[source]
test_o_flag()[source]
test_s_flag()[source]
test_validate_domain_name()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_dns module

Test the DNS options implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_dns.DomainSearchListOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_search_list()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_dns.RecursiveNameServersOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_addresses()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_dslite module

Test the DS-Lite options implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_dslite.AFTRNameOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_fqdn()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_echo_request_option module

Test the EchoRequestOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_echo_request_option.EchoRequestOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_display_requested_options()[source]
test_validate_requested_options()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_linklayer_id module

Test the RemoteIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_linklayer_id.LinkLayerIdOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_display()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map module

Test the Prefix Delegation option implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46BROptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_br_address()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46DMROptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_ipv6_prefix_length()[source]
test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_dmr_prefix()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46LWContainerOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46MapEContainerOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46MapTContainerOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46PortParametersOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_combined_offset_psid_len()[source]
test_validate_offset()[source]
test_validate_psid()[source]
test_validate_psid_len()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46RuleOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_ipv4_prefix_length()[source]
test_bad_ipv6_prefix_length()[source]
test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_flags()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_validate_ea_len()[source]
test_validate_flags()[source]
test_validate_ipv4_prefix()[source]
test_validate_ipv6_prefix()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_map.S46V4V6BindingOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_ipv6_prefix_length()[source]
test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_validate_ipv4_address()[source]
test_validate_ipv6_prefix()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp module

Test the NTP option implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPMulticastAddressSubOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPSubOptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_config_datatype()[source]
test_validate_address()[source]
test_validate_value()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPServerAddressSubOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPSubOptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_config_datatype()[source]
test_validate_address()[source]
test_validate_value()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPServerFQDNSubOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPSubOptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_config_datatype()[source]
test_validate_fqdn()[source]
test_validate_value()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPServersOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_parse_wrong_type()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPSubOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

parse_option()[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_load_from_wrong_buffer()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.UnknownNTPSubOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_ntp.NTPSubOptionTestCase

test_validate_suboption_data()[source]
test_validate_suboption_type()[source]
test_validate_value()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_pd_exclude module

Test the PDExcludeOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_pd_exclude.PDExcludeOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_prefix_length()[source]
test_subnet_id()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_prefix_delegation module

Test the Prefix Delegation option implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_prefix_delegation.IAPDOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_get_prefixes()[source]
test_sort()[source]
test_validate_iaid()[source]
test_validate_t1()[source]
test_validate_t2()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_prefix_delegation.IAPrefixOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_address()[source]
test_validate_preferred_lifetime()[source]
test_validate_valid_lifetime()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_remote_id module

Test the RemoteIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_remote_id.RemoteIdOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_enterprise_number()[source]
test_remote_id()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sip_servers module

Test the SIP options implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sip_servers.SIPServersAddressListOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_sip_servers()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sip_servers.SIPServersDomainNameListOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_domain_names()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sntp module

Test the SNTP options implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sntp.SNTPServersOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_sntp_servers()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sol_max_rt module

Test the SolMaxRTOption and InfMaxRTOption option implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sol_max_rt.InfMaxRTOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_inf_max_rt()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_sol_max_rt.SolMaxRTOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_sol_max_rt()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_subscriber_id module

Test the SubscriberIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_subscriber_id.SubscriberIdOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_subscriber_id()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_timezone module

Test the DNS options implementations

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_timezone.PosixTimezoneOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_timezone()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.extensions.test_timezone.TZDBTimezoneOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_timezone()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages package

Tests for message types go here

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_advertise_message module

Test the AdvertiseMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_advertise_message.AdvertiseMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message.ClientServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message module

Test the ClientServerMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message.ClientServerMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_message.MessageTestCase

parse_packet()[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_load_from_wrong_buffer()[source]
test_validate_IAID_uniqueness()[source]
test_validate_transaction_id()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_confirm_message module

Test the RequestMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_confirm_message.RequestMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message.ClientServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_message module

Test the Message implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_message.MessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

check_unsigned_integer_property(property_name: str, size: int)[source]

Perform basic verification of validation of an unsigned integer

Parameters:
  • property_name – The property under test
  • size – The number of bits of this integer field
parse_packet()[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_length()[source]
test_parse()[source]
test_save_fixture()[source]
test_save_parsed()[source]
test_validate()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_forward_message module

Test the RelayForwardMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_forward_message.RelayedSolicitMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_server_message.RelayServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_wrap_response()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_reply_message module

Test the RelayReplyMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_reply_message.RelayedAdvertiseMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_server_message.RelayServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_server_message module

Test the RelayServerMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_relay_server_message.RelayServerMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_message.MessageTestCase

parse_packet()[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_empty_inner_message()[source]
test_empty_relayed_message()[source]
test_get_relayed_message()[source]
test_inner_message()[source]
test_inner_relay_message()[source]
test_missing_inner_message()[source]
test_set_relayed_message()[source]
test_validate_hop_count()[source]
test_validate_peer_address()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_reply_message module

Test the ReplyMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_reply_message.ReplyMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message.ClientServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_request_message module

Test the RequestMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_request_message.RequestMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message.ClientServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_solicit_message module

Test the SolicitMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_solicit_message.SolicitMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_client_server_message.ClientServerMessageTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_unknown_message module

Test the UnknownMessage implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_unknown_message.UnknownMessageTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.messages.test_message.MessageTestCase

parse_packet()[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_data()[source]
test_validate_message_type()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options package

All the different options are tested here

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_authentication_option module

Test the ElapsedTimeOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_authentication_option.AuthenticationOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_auth_info()[source]
test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_replay_detection()[source]
test_validate_algorithm()[source]
test_validate_protocol()[source]
test_validate_rdm()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_client_id_option module

Test the ClientIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_client_id_option.ClientIdOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_duid()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_elapsed_time_option module

Test the ElapsedTimeOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_elapsed_time_option.ElapsedTimeOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_elapsed_time()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_ia_address_option module

Test the IAAddressOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_ia_address_option.IAAddressOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_address()[source]
test_validate_preferred_lifetime()[source]
test_validate_valid_lifetime()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_ia_na_option module

Test the IANAOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_ia_na_option.IANAOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_addresses()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_sort()[source]
test_validate_iaid()[source]
test_validate_t1()[source]
test_validate_t2()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_ia_ta_option module

Test the IATAOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_ia_ta_option.IATAOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_get_addresses()[source]
test_get_option_of_type()[source]
test_get_options_of_type()[source]
test_sort()[source]
test_validate_iaid()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_interface_id_option module

Test the InterfaceIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_interface_id_option.UnknownOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_interface_id()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option module

Test the basic option implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

check_integer_property_range(property_name: str, min_value: int = None, max_value: int = None)[source]

Perform basic verification of validation of an integer range

Parameters:
  • property_name – The property under test
  • min_value – The minimum value allowed
  • max_value – The maximum value allowed
check_unsigned_integer_property(property_name: str, size: int = None)[source]

Perform basic verification of validation of an unsigned integer

Parameters:
  • property_name – The property under test
  • size – The number of bits of this integer field
parse_option()[source]
setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_length()[source]
test_load_from_wrong_buffer()[source]
test_overflow()[source]
test_parse()[source]
test_save_fixture()[source]
test_save_parsed()[source]
test_validate()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option_length module

Test the implementation of option length checking

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option_length.LengthTestingOption(data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.options.Option

Fake DHCPv6 option for testing length checks

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
option_type = 65535
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option_length.RelayMessageOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

tearDown()[source]

Hook method for deconstructing the test fixture after testing it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option_request_option module

Test the OptionRequestOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option_request_option.OptionRequestOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_display_requested_options()[source]
test_validate_requested_options()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_preference_option module

Test the PreferenceOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_preference_option.PreferenceOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_validate_preference()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_rapid_commit_option module

Test the RapidCommitOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_rapid_commit_option.RapidCommitOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_reconfigure_accept_option module

Test the ReconfigureAcceptOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_reconfigure_accept_option.ReconfigureAcceptOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_reconfigure_message_option module

Test the ReconfigureMessageOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_reconfigure_message_option.ReconfigureMessageOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_message_type()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_relay_message_option module

Test the RelayMessageOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_relay_message_option.NonRelayableMessage(message_type: int = 0, message_data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.UnknownMessage

A message that can not be relayed

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_relay_message_option.RelayMessageOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_message_length()[source]
test_validate_relayed_message()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_relay_message_option.WeirdLengthMessage(transaction_id: bytes = b'x00x00x00', options: Iterable = None)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.ClientServerMessage

An option that returns an incorrect length, to test error handling

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None)[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
message_type = 254
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_server_id_option module

Test the ServerIdOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_server_id_option.ServerIdOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_duid()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_server_unicast_option module

Test the ServerUnicastOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_server_unicast_option.ServerUnicastOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_server_address()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_status_code_option module

Test the StatusCodeOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_status_code_option.StatusCodeOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_display()[source]
test_status_code()[source]
test_status_message()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_unknown_option module

Test the UnknownOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_unknown_option.UnknownOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_data()[source]
test_validate_option_type()[source]
test_validate_type()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_user_class_option module

Test the UserClassOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_user_class_option.UserClassOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_user_classes()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_vendor_class_option module

Test the VendorClassOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_vendor_class_option.VendorClassOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_enterprise_number()[source]
test_vendor_classes()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_vendor_specific_information_option module

Test the VendorSpecificInformationOption implementation

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_vendor_specific_information_option.VendorSpecificInformationOptionTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.options.test_option.OptionTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_bad_option_length()[source]
test_enterprise_number()[source]
test_vendor_options()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server package

Tests for IPv6 server components

Subpackages
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers package

Tests for server handlers

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_echo_request_option_handler module

Tests for a relay message handler

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_echo_request_option_handler.RelayHandlerTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_absent_option_echo_request()[source]
test_empty_echo_request()[source]
test_remote_id_echo_request()[source]
test_unnecessary_echo_request()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_handler module

Basic handler testing

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_handler.HandlerTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_str()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_handler.TestHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that doesn’t do anything

dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_relay_handler module

Tests for a relay message handler

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_relay_handler.RelayHandlerTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_str()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.handlers.test_relay_handler.TestRelayHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.RelayHandler

A relay handler that doesn’t do anything

handle_relay(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle, relay_message_in: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayForwardMessage, relay_message_out: dhcpkit.ipv6.messages.RelayReplyMessage)[source]

Handler implementation that doesn’t do anything

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_message_handler module

Testing of the message handler

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_message_handler.BadExceptionHandler[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that raises a bogus exception

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Raise UseMulticastError on multicast messages… This is intentionally wrong.

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_message_handler.DummyExtension[source]

Bases: object

A server extension that adds the DummyMarksHandler at both setup and cleanup

static create_cleanup_handlers()[source]

Add the DummyMarksHandler at cleanup

static create_setup_handlers()[source]

Add the DummyMarksHandler at setup

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_message_handler.DummyMarksHandler(mark: str)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.handlers.Handler

A handler that sets marks in each of the phases of message handling

handle(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Add a mark to show we have been here

post(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Add a mark to show we have been here

pre(bundle: dhcpkit.ipv6.server.transaction_bundle.TransactionBundle)[source]

Add a mark to show we have been here

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_message_handler.MessageHandlerTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_accept_unicast_message()[source]
test_badly_rejected_multicast_message()[source]
test_confirm_message()[source]
test_empty_confirm_message()[source]
test_empty_message()[source]
test_ignorable_multicast_message()[source]
test_not_implemented_message()[source]
test_rapid_solicit_message()[source]
test_reject_unicast_message()[source]
test_request_message()[source]
test_solicit_message()[source]
test_very_rapid_solicit_message()[source]
test_worker_init()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_transaction_bundle module

Test transaction bundle

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.server.test_transaction_bundle.TransactionBundleTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_auto_create_outgoing_relay_messages()[source]
test_bad_response()[source]
test_direct_outgoing_message()[source]
test_get_unhandled_options()[source]
test_incoming_relay_messages()[source]
test_mark_handled()[source]
test_marks()[source]
test_no_outgoing_message()[source]
test_outgoing_message()[source]
test_request()[source]
test_shallow_bundle()[source]
test_str()[source]
test_unanswered_iana_options()[source]
test_unanswered_iapd_options()[source]
test_unanswered_iata_options()[source]
test_unknown_message()[source]
test_wrong_way()[source]
Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids module

Test the included DUID types

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.EnterpriseDUIDTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.UnknownDUIDTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_validate_enterprise_number()[source]
test_validate_identifier()[source]
test_validate_length()[source]
test_wrong_parser()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.LinkLayerDUIDTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.UnknownDUIDTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_display_ethernet()[source]
test_display_other()[source]
test_validate_hardware_type()[source]
test_validate_length()[source]
test_wrong_parser()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.LinkLayerTimeDUIDTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.UnknownDUIDTestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_display_ethernet()[source]
test_display_other()[source]
test_validate_hardware_type()[source]
test_validate_length()[source]
test_validate_time()[source]
test_wrong_parser()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_duids.UnknownDUIDTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_hash()[source]
test_parse()[source]
test_parse_with_larger_buffer()[source]
test_save()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_utils module

Test the IPv6 utility functions

class dhcpkit.tests.ipv6.test_utils.IPv6UtilsTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_address_in_prefixes()[source]
test_is_global_unicast()[source]
test_prefix_overlaps_prefixes()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.utils package

Tests for generic utility functions go here

Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_camelcase module

Test the camelcase conversion functions

class dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_camelcase.CamelCaseTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_camelcase_to_dash()[source]
test_camelcase_to_underscore()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_domain_name module

Test the encoding and parsing of domain names

class dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_domain_name.DomainNameListTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_encode_good()[source]
test_parse_good()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_domain_name.DomainNameTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

setUp()[source]

Hook method for setting up the test fixture before exercising it.

test_encode_good()[source]
test_encode_idn()[source]
test_encode_idn_oversized_label()[source]
test_encode_oversized_domain()[source]
test_encode_oversized_label()[source]
test_encode_relative()[source]
test_parse_buffer_overflow()[source]
test_parse_good()[source]
test_parse_idn()[source]
test_parse_idn_oversized_label()[source]
test_parse_oversized_domain()[source]
test_parse_oversized_label()[source]
test_parse_oversized_relative_domain()[source]
test_parse_relative()[source]
test_parse_unending()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_domain_name.ValidateDomainLabelTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_validate_correct_labels()[source]
test_validate_empty_label()[source]
test_validate_invalid_label()[source]
test_validate_oversized_label()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_normalise_hex module

Test the camelcase conversion functions

class dhcpkit.tests.utils.test_normalise_hex.NormaliseHexTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_bad_hex()[source]
test_hex()[source]
test_hex_with_colons()[source]
Submodules
dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element module

Test whether the basic stuff of ProtocolElement works as intended

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.AnythingContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that may contain as many as it wants

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.BadDemoElement[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

A simple element that contains DemoElements

validate()[source]

Validate the contents of this element

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElement[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement

A simple element to test with

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Intentionally left empty. Specific implementations must be tested separately.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Intentionally left empty. Specific implementations must be tested separately.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ElementOccurrenceTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_anything_0()[source]
test_anything_1()[source]
test_anything_2()[source]
test_bad()[source]
test_class_based()[source]
test_compare()[source]
test_element_class_case_less_specific()[source]
test_element_class_case_more_specific()[source]
test_element_class_forbidden()[source]
test_element_class_missing()[source]
test_element_class_superclasses_less_specific()[source]
test_element_class_superclasses_more_specific()[source]
test_exactly_one_0()[source]
test_exactly_one_1()[source]
test_exactly_one_2()[source]
test_exactly_two_1()[source]
test_exactly_two_2()[source]
test_exactly_two_3()[source]
test_max_one_0()[source]
test_max_one_1()[source]
test_max_one_2()[source]
test_min_one_0()[source]
test_min_one_1()[source]
test_min_one_2()[source]
test_nothing_0()[source]
test_nothing_1()[source]
test_nothing_2()[source]
test_repr()[source]
test_str_no_parameters()[source]
test_str_one_parameter()[source]
test_str_one_parameter_display()[source]
test_str_one_parameter_display_hidden()[source]
test_str_one_parameter_display_hidden_string()[source]
test_str_three_parameters()[source]
test_str_two_parameters()[source]
test_str_two_parameters_display()[source]
test_str_two_parameters_display_hidden()[source]
test_str_two_parameters_display_hidden_string()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ExactlyOneContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that must contain exactly one sub-element

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ExactlyTwoContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that must contain exactly two sub-elements

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.HardCodedContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that will have its _may_contain class property overwritten in the test

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.JSONEncodingTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_str_no_parameters()[source]
test_str_one_parameter()[source]
test_str_three_parameters()[source]
test_str_two_parameters()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.MaxOneContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that must contain at most one sub-element

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.MinOneContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that must contain at least one sub-element

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.NothingContainerElement(elements: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ContainerElementBase

Container that may contain as many as it wants

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.OneParameterDemoElement(one)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.OneParameterDisplayDemoElement(one)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

display_one()[source]

Nicer display for property one

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.OneParameterDisplayHiddenDemoElement(one)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

display_one = **HIDDEN**
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.OneParameterDisplayHiddenStringDemoElement(one)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

display_one = '**HIDDEN**'
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ProtocolElementTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_determine_class()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.ThreeParameterDemoElement(one: int, two: str, three: Iterable)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.TwoParameterDemoElement(one: int, two: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.TwoParameterDisplayDemoElement(one: int, two: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

display_one()[source]

Nicer display for property one

class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.TwoParameterDisplayHiddenDemoElement(one: int, two: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

display_one = **HIDDEN**
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.TwoParameterDisplayHiddenStringDemoElement(one: int, two: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.DemoElementBase

Sub-element to test with

display_one = '**HIDDEN**'
class dhcpkit.tests.test_protocol_element.UnknownProtocolElementTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_load_from()[source]
test_save()[source]
dhcpkit.tests.test_registry module

Test whether the basic stuff of Registry works as intended

class dhcpkit.tests.test_registry.ElementOccurrenceTestCase(methodName='runTest')[source]

Bases: unittest.case.TestCase

test_bad_entry()[source]
test_duplicate_entries()[source]
test_registry_loading()[source]
test_version_mismatch()[source]
class dhcpkit.tests.test_registry.TestRegistry[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.registry.Registry

A registry that doesn’t exist to test with

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.tests.registry'
dhcpkit.typing package

This provides a backwards-compatibility layer for the Python typing system as described in PEP484

Submodules
dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing module
class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Any[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Final

Special type indicating an unconstrained type.

  • Any object is an instance of Any.
  • Any class is a subclass of Any.
  • As a special case, Any and object are subclasses of each other.
class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Callable[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Final

Callable type; Callable[[int], str] is a function of (int) -> str.

The subscription syntax must always be used with exactly two values: the argument list and the return type. The argument list must be a list of types; the return type must be a single type.

There is no syntax to indicate optional or keyword arguments, such function types are rarely used as callback types.

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic[source]

Bases: object

Abstract base class for generic types.

A generic type is typically declared by inheriting from an instantiation of this class with one or more type variables. For example, a generic mapping type might be defined as:

class Mapping(Generic[KT, VT]):
    def __getitem__(self, key: KT) -> VT:
        ...
    # Etc.

This class can then be used as follows:

def lookup_name(mapping: Mapping[KT, VT], key: KT, default: VT) -> VT:
    try:
        return mapping[key]
    except KeyError:
        return default
class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Optional[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Final

Optional type.

Optional[X] is equivalent to Union[X, type(None)].

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Tuple[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Final

Tuple type; Tuple[X, Y] is the cross-product type of X and Y.

Example: Tuple[T1, T2] is a tuple of two elements corresponding to type variables T1 and T2. Tuple[int, float, str] is a tuple of an int, a float and a string.

To specify a variable-length tuple of homogeneous type, use Sequence[T].

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Type[source]

Bases: type, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

A special construct usable to annotate class objects.

For example, suppose we have the following classes:

class User: ...  # Abstract base for User classes
class BasicUser(User): ...
class ProUser(User): ...
class TeamUser(User): ...

And a function that takes a class argument that’s a subclass of User and returns an instance of the corresponding class:

U = TypeVar('U', bound=User)
def new_user(user_class: Type[U]) -> U:
    user = user_class()
    # (Here we could write the user object to a database)
    return user

joe = new_user(BasicUser)

At this point the type checker knows that joe has type BasicUser.

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.TypeVar(*args, **kwds)[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.TypingMeta

Type variable.

Usage:

T = TypeVar('T')  # Can be anything
A = TypeVar('A', str, bytes)  # Must be str or bytes

Type variables exist primarily for the benefit of static type checkers. They serve as the parameters for generic types as well as for generic function definitions. See class Generic for more information on generic types. Generic functions work as follows:

def repeat(x: T, n: int) -> Sequence[T]:
‘’‘Return a list containing n references to x.’‘’ return [x]*n
def longest(x: A, y: A) -> A:
‘’‘Return the longest of two strings.’‘’ return x if len(x) >= len(y) else y

The latter example’s signature is essentially the overloading of (str, str) -> str and (bytes, bytes) -> bytes. Also note that if the arguments are instances of some subclass of str, the return type is still plain str.

At runtime, isinstance(x, T) will raise TypeError. However, issubclass(C, T) is true for any class C, and issubclass(str, A) and issubclass(bytes, A) are true, and issubclass(int, A) is false. (TODO: Why is this needed? This may change. See #136.)

Type variables may be marked covariant or contravariant by passing covariant=True or contravariant=True. See PEP 484 for more details. By default type variables are invariant.

Type variables can be introspected. e.g.:

T.__name__ == ‘T’ T.__constraints__ == () T.__covariant__ == False T.__contravariant__ = False A.__constraints__ == (str, bytes)
class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Union[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Final

Union type; Union[X, Y] means either X or Y.

To define a union, use e.g. Union[int, str]. Details:

  • The arguments must be types and there must be at least one.

  • None as an argument is a special case and is replaced by type(None).

  • Unions of unions are flattened, e.g.:

    Union[Union[int, str], float] == Union[int, str, float]

  • Unions of a single argument vanish, e.g.:

    Union[int] == int  # The constructor actually returns int

  • Redundant arguments are skipped, e.g.:

    Union[int, str, int] == Union[int, str]

  • When comparing unions, the argument order is ignored, e.g.:

    Union[int, str] == Union[str, int]

  • When two arguments have a subclass relationship, the least derived argument is kept, e.g.:

    class Employee: pass
class Manager(Employee): pass
Union[int, Employee, Manager] == Union[int, Employee]
Union[Manager, int, Employee] == Union[int, Employee]
Union[Employee, Manager] == Employee

  • Corollary: if Any is present it is the sole survivor, e.g.:

    Union[int, Any] == Any

  • Similar for object:

    Union[int, object] == object

  • To cut a tie: Union[object, Any] == Union[Any, object] == Any.

  • You cannot subclass or instantiate a union.

  • You cannot write Union[X][Y] (what would it mean?).

  • You can use Optional[X] as a shorthand for Union[X, None].

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AbstractSet[source]

Bases: collections.abc.Sized, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterable, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Container

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Awaitable[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AsyncIterator[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AsyncIterable

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AsyncIterable[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.ByteString[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Sequence

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Container[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Hashable

Bases: object

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.ItemsView[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MappingView, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AbstractSet, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterable[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterator[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterable

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.KeysView[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MappingView, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AbstractSet

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Mapping[source]

Bases: collections.abc.Sized, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterable, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Container, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MappingView[source]

Bases: collections.abc.Sized, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterable

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableMapping[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Mapping

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableSequence[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Sequence

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableSet[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AbstractSet

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Sequence[source]

Bases: collections.abc.Sized, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterable, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Container

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Sized

Bases: object

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.ValuesView[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MappingView

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Reversible[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing._Protocol

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.SupportsAbs[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing._Protocol

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.SupportsFloat[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing._Protocol

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.SupportsInt[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing._Protocol

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.SupportsRound[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing._Protocol

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Dict[source]

Bases: dict, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableMapping

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.DefaultDict[source]

Bases: collections.defaultdict, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableMapping

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.List[source]

Bases: list, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableSequence

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Set[source]

Bases: set, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.MutableSet

dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.NamedTuple(typename, fields)[source]

Typed version of namedtuple.

Usage:

Employee = typing.NamedTuple('Employee', [('name', str), 'id', int)])

This is equivalent to:

Employee = collections.namedtuple('Employee', ['name', 'id'])

The resulting class has one extra attribute: _field_types, giving a dict mapping field names to types. (The field names are in the _fields attribute, which is part of the namedtuple API.)

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generator[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Iterator, dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Generic

class dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.AnyStr

Bases: dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Final

dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.cast(typ, val)[source]

Cast a value to a type.

This returns the value unchanged. To the type checker this signals that the return value has the designated type, but at runtime we intentionally don’t check anything (we want this to be as fast as possible).

dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.get_type_hints(obj, globalns=None, localns=None)[source]

Return type hints for a function or method object.

This is often the same as obj.__annotations__, but it handles forward references encoded as string literals, and if necessary adds Optional[t] if a default value equal to None is set.

BEWARE – the behavior of globalns and localns is counterintuitive (unless you are familiar with how eval() and exec() work). The search order is locals first, then globals.

  • If no dict arguments are passed, an attempt is made to use the globals from obj, and these are also used as the locals. If the object does not appear to have globals, an exception is raised.
  • If one dict argument is passed, it is used for both globals and locals.
  • If two dict arguments are passed, they specify globals and locals, respectively.
dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.NewType(name, tp)[source]

NewType creates simple unique types with almost zero runtime overhead. NewType(name, tp) is considered a subtype of tp by static type checkers. At runtime, NewType(name, tp) returns a dummy function that simply returns its argument. Usage:

UserId = NewType('UserId', int)

def name_by_id(user_id: UserId) -> str:
    ...

UserId('user')          # Fails type check

name_by_id(42)          # Fails type check
name_by_id(UserId(42))  # OK

num = UserId(5) + 1     # type: int
dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.no_type_check(arg)[source]

Decorator to indicate that annotations are not type hints.

The argument must be a class or function; if it is a class, it applies recursively to all methods defined in that class (but not to methods defined in its superclasses or subclasses).

This mutates the function(s) in place.

dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.no_type_check_decorator(decorator)[source]

Decorator to give another decorator the @no_type_check effect.

This wraps the decorator with something that wraps the decorated function in @no_type_check.

dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.overload(func)[source]

Decorator for overloaded functions/methods.

In a stub file, place two or more stub definitions for the same function in a row, each decorated with @overload. For example:

@overload
def utf8(value: None) -> None: ...
@overload
def utf8(value: bytes) -> bytes: ...
@overload
def utf8(value: str) -> bytes: ...

In a non-stub file (i.e. a regular .py file), do the same but follow it with an implementation. The implementation should not be decorated with @overload. For example:

@overload
def utf8(value: None) -> None: ...
@overload
def utf8(value: bytes) -> bytes: ...
@overload
def utf8(value: str) -> bytes: ...

def utf8(value):
    # implementation goes here
    pass
dhcpkit.typing.py352_typing.Text

alias of builtins.str

Submodules
dhcpkit.display_strings module

Dictionaries with names of common elements, like hardware types. Just for display purposes.

dhcpkit.protocol_element module

The base class ProtocolElement provides the basic structure for each element of the DHCP protocol. This base class provides several functions:

  • Parsing:
    Each subclass can parse a stream of bytes from a protocol packet and construct an instance that contains all the data from the byte stream as properties.
  • Identification:
    Each category of ProtocolElement can determine which subclass is the most specific implementation for the data being parsed. For example when letting the Message class parse a message it will look at the message type code in the byte steam and determine which specific subclass should parse the data (i.e. SolicitMessage, RequestMessage, ReplyMessage etc). Each category of ProtocolElement has its own registry that keeps track of which type code corresponds to which subclass.
  • Saving:
    Each instance can save its contents to a stream of bytes as required by the protocol.
  • Validation:
    Each element can validate if its contents are valid. As protocol elements often contain other protocol elements (a message has options, an option might have sub-options etc) there are standard tools for defining which protocol element may contain which other protocol elements and optionally define a minimum and maximum occurrence. Some elements may not occur more than once, some elements must occur at least once, etc.
  • Representation:
    The default implementation provides __str__ and __repr__ methods so that protocol elements can be printed for debugging and represented as a parseable Python string.
class dhcpkit.protocol_element.AutoConstructorParams[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.AutoMayContainTree

Meta-class that stores the list of parameters for __init__ so that we don’t have to use inspect every time we want to know.

class dhcpkit.protocol_element.AutoMayContainTree[source]

Bases: type

Meta-class that automatically creates a _may_contain class property that is a ChainMap that links all parent _may_contain class properties.

class dhcpkit.protocol_element.ElementDataRepresentation(element_representation: str)[source]

Bases: object

Class that represents data in a nicer way when printing it with ProtocolElement.__str__.

class dhcpkit.protocol_element.JSONProtocolElementEncoder(skipkeys=False, ensure_ascii=True, check_circular=True, allow_nan=True, sort_keys=False, indent=None, separators=None, default=None)[source]

Bases: json.encoder.JSONEncoder

A JSONEncoder that can handle ProtocolElements

default(o)[source]

Return a data structure that JSON can handle

Parameters:o – The object to convert
Returns:A serializable data structure
class dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement[source]

Bases: object

A StructuredElement is a specific kind of class that represents a protocol message or option. Structured elements have the following extra requirements:

  • The constructor parameters and the internal state properties must be identical So if an object has a property timeout which is an integer then the constructor must accept a named parameter called timeout which is stored in that property. The constructor must have appropriate default values if possible. Empty objects, lists, dictionaries etc are represented by a default value of None.
  • The full internal state of the object must be loadable from a bytes object with the load_from() method
  • The full internal state of the object must be storable as a bytes object with the save() method
classmethod add_may_contain(klass: type, min_occurrence: int = 0, max_occurrence: int = 2147483647)[source]

Add the given class to the list of permitted sub-element classes, optionally with a minimum and maximum occurrence count.

Parameters:
  • klass – The class to add
  • min_occurrence – Minimum occurrence for validation
  • max_occurrence – Maximum occurrence for validation
classmethod determine_class(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0) → type[source]

Return the appropriate class to parse this element with.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
Returns:

The best known class for this data
classmethod get_element_class(element: object) → Union[source]

Get the class this element is classified as, for occurrence counting.

Parameters:element – Some element
Returns:The class it classifies as
load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
classmethod may_contain(element: object) → bool[source]

Shortcut-method to verify that objects of this class may contain element

Parameters:element – Sub-element to verify
Returns:Whether this class may contain element or not
classmethod parse(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → Tuple[source]

Constructor for a new element of which the state is automatically loaded from the given buffer. Both the number of bytes used from the buffer and the instantiated element are returned. The class of the returned element may be a subclass of the current class if the parser can determine that the data in the buffer contains a subtype.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer and the resulting element
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
validate()[source]

Subclasses may overwrite this method to validate their state. Subclasses are expected to raise a ValueError if validation fails.

validate_contains(elements: Iterable)[source]

Utility method that subclasses can use in their validate method for verifying that all sub-elements are allowed to be contained in this element. Will raise ValueError if validation fails.

Parameters:elements – The list of sub-elements
class dhcpkit.protocol_element.UnknownProtocolElement(data: bytes = b'')[source]

Bases: dhcpkit.protocol_element.ProtocolElement

Representation of a protocol element about which nothing is known.

load_from(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → int[source]

Load the internal state of this object from the given buffer. The buffer may contain more data after the structured element is parsed. This data is ignored.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer
save() → Union[source]

Save the internal state of this object as a buffer.

Returns:The buffer with the data from this element
dhcpkit.registry module

Base class for pkg_resources based registries

class dhcpkit.registry.Registry[source]

Bases: collections.UserDict

Base class for registries

by_name = None

An alternative name-based mapping

entry_point = 'dhcpkit.NONE'

The name of the entry_point group

get_name(item: object) → str[source]

Get the name for the by_name mapping.

Parameters:item – The item to determine the name of
Returns:The name to use as key in the mapping
dhcpkit.utils module

Utility functions

dhcpkit.utils.camelcase_to_dash(camelcase: str) → str[source]

Convert a name in CamelCase to non-camel-case

Parameters:camelcase – CamelCased string
Returns:non-camel-cased string
dhcpkit.utils.camelcase_to_underscore(camelcase: str) → str[source]

Convert a name in CamelCase to non_camel_case

Parameters:camelcase – CamelCased string
Returns:non_camel_cased string
dhcpkit.utils.encode_domain(domain_name: str, allow_relative: bool = False) → bytearray[source]

Encode a single domain name as a sequence of bytes

Parameters:
  • domain_name – The domain name
  • allow_relative – Assume that domain names that don’t end with a period are relative and encode them as such
Returns:

The encoded domain name as bytes
dhcpkit.utils.encode_domain_list(domain_names: Iterable) → bytearray[source]

Encode a list of domain names to a sequence of bytes

Parameters:domain_names – The list of domain names
Returns:The encoded domain names as bytes
dhcpkit.utils.normalise_hex(hex_data: Union, include_colons: bool = False) → str[source]

Normalise a string containing hexadecimal data

Parameters:
  • hex_data – Hexadecimal data, either with or without colon separators per byte
  • include_colons – Whether to include colon separators per byte in the output
Returns:

Hexadecimal data in lowercase without colon separators
dhcpkit.utils.parse_domain_bytes(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None, allow_relative: bool = False) → Tuple[source]

Extract a single domain name.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
  • allow_relative – Allow domain names that do not end with a zero-length label
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer and the extracted domain name
dhcpkit.utils.parse_domain_list_bytes(buffer: bytes, offset: int = 0, length: int = None) → Tuple[source]

Extract a list of domain names.

Parameters:
  • buffer – The buffer to read data from
  • offset – The offset in the buffer where to start reading
  • length – The amount of data we are allowed to read from the buffer
Returns:

The number of bytes used from the buffer and the extracted domain names
dhcpkit.utils.validate_domain_label(label: str)[source]

Check if a given string is a valid domain label

Parameters:label – The domain label

Changes per version

1.0.7 - 2017-06-25

Fixes
  • Fix Debian and RPM dependencies
  • Fix unnecessary dependency on newer version of pkg_resources

1.0.6 - 2017-06-25

Fixes
  • Fix calculations of maximum domain name length
  • Deal with the release of ZConfig 3.2.0, which broke our ZConfig 3.1.0 previous hacks
Changes for users
  • Switch to idna with better IDNA implementation (it implements RFC 5891 instead of the obsolete RFC 3490)
Changes for developers
  • normalise_hex() now accepts bytes as input, for easier byte printing

1.0.5 - 2017-06-21

New features
  • Provide RPM repositories at https://repo.dhcpkit.org/
  • Add PD-Exclude option implementation
  • Add Client FQDN option implementation
  • Add Timezone options implementation
  • Add Relay Echo-Request option implementation
  • Add Relay Echo-Request option handler implementation
Fixes
  • Fixed Python type annotations in many places
Changes for users
  • Show LDRA relays when printing TransactionBundle
  • The DHCPv6 server will try to keep going when not running as root, it might sometimes work, for example when connecting to a VPP instance instead of the usual opening listening sockets on low ports
Changes for developers
  • Improve DNS handling: be explicit about difference between absolute and relative domain names
  • New UnknownProtocolElement available for more generic protocol parsing
  • All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers and All_DHCP_Servers are now instances of IPv6Address instead of strings
  • Added an IgnoreMessage exception type so listeners can signal to the server that the received data is to be ignored
  • The IncompleteMessage exception is now a subclass of IgnoreMessage

1.0.4 - 2016-12-17

New features
  • Provide debian/ubuntu packaging with init/init.d/systemd scripts
  • Provide an extensive default configuration
  • Allow the control socket location to be overridden from the command line
Fixes
  • Improve ipv6-dhcpd to ipv6-dhcpctl communication when shutting down
  • Add missing copyright statement for RFC 7598
  • Fix Sphinx RFC reference
Changes for users
  • Allow unicast listening on ::1 for testing purposes
Changes for developers
  • Make python dependencies more accurate
  • Make building process for documentation more stable

1.0.3 - 2016-11-17

Fixes
  • Fix leasequery statistics output, also fixes Observium stats

1.0.2 - 2016-11-16

Why?
  • Re-release with updated changelog and status

1.0.0 - 2016-11-16

New features
  • Add rate limit handler to ignore obnoxious clients
  • Add implementation for the Leasequery and Bulk Leasequery protocols
Fixes
  • Ignore MAC address 00:00:00:00:00:00 when searching for a server-id
  • Fix finding the inner relay message in a RelayForwardMessage
Changes for users
  • Improve logging for ignored messages
  • The default log level now only logs errors, not warnings
  • Improve exception handling and logging for errors during worker initialisation
Changes for developers
  • Sending replies has been moved from the main process to the worker processes
  • Therefore OutgoingPacketBundle does no longer exist
  • Constants for status codes have been renamed to be more consistent, the old names have been deprecated and will be removed in the future
  • Tests have been moved under the dhcpkit module to be easier to import from other extensions (for example when they need a solicit message and packet to test with)
  • Added Leasequery and Bulk Leasequery messages, options and status codes
  • Leasequery needs RelayForwardMessages without a contained message, so allow that now
  • Code for privilege management have been moved to dhcpkit.common
  • Code for console logging has been moved to dhcpkit.common.logging
  • Replies are now sent directly from worker processes, not first handed back to the master and then sent from there
  • Refactor listeners and message handling to allow for TCP listeners and leasequery extensions
  • Open sockets with SO_REUSEADDR so we can restart quickly without having to wait for TIME_WAIT
  • Allow for multiple responses in transaction bundle, especially useful for TCP connections

0.9.5 - 2016-08-11

New features
  • 2.5x speed improvement.
Changes for developers

0.9.4 - 2016-08-04

New features
Fixes
  • Fix error where command line log-level argument was ignored.
  • Fix error that caused every message to be interpreted as received-over-multicast
  • Don’t block when the inbound queue is full, just drop the message and continue
  • Fixed an interface-id parsing bug in Static-csv and Static-sqlite
  • Allow UnknownOption in all options, otherwise we reject messages with options that contain unknown sub-options

0.9.3 - 2016-07-27

Fixes
  • Not all systems have a wheel group anymore, so don’t use that as a default group for the control socket.
  • Linux doesn’t support SIGINFO, and its functionality has become redundant with the new control socket functionality, so remove SIGINFO handling.
Changes for users
  • Critical errors are now always shown on stderr. Otherwise the server could crash without the user seeing the reason.

0.9.2 - 2016-07-27

Fixes
  • A packaging error slipped through the checks, and it turns out that crucial XML files weren’t packaged in previous 0.9.x versions. This has now been fixed.

0.9.1 - 2016-07-27

New features
  • It is now possible to use IDNs everywhere in DHCPKit, including configuration files.
  • Implement a domain socket to control the server process.
  • Added ipv6-dhcpctl(8) to control the server process through the domain socket.
  • Added a configuration section <statistics> to specify categories that you would like statistics on. Currently it is possible to gather statistics per interface, client subnet or relay.
  • Added stats and stats-json commands for ipv6-dhcpctl.
Changes for users
  • Create PID file /var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.pid by default.
  • Create domain socket /var/run/ipv6-dhcpd.sock control the server by default.
Changes for developers
  • Added support for Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) in parse_domain_bytes() and encode_domain().
  • Created ForOtherServerError as a subclass of CannotRespondError, to enable more accurate logging, and to make it possible to gather better statistics.
  • Replaced IncomingPacketBundle.interface_id bytes with interface_name str, providing interface_id for backwards compatibility.
  • Added relays property to more easily enumerate all the relays a message went through.
  • Moved responsibility of creating the TransactionBundle from the MessageHandler to worker. It gives a cleaner API and helps with statistics counting.
  • Added statistics and updated worker and MessageHandler to update relevant counters.

0.9.0 - 2016-07-16

  • A complete rewrite of the DHCPv6 server with a new configuration style.

About this project

Background

There are plenty of good DHCPv6 servers, but all of them were made for “standard” dynamic environments. During a project at Solcon I found out that something as simple as getting a DHCPv6 server to do some static prefix delegations to a predetermined set of customers (we were doing a pilot) didn’t work with existing tools. I’m constantly on the lookout for potential blocks to IPv6 deployment to solve, and here was one. Thus, DHCPKit was born.

Sponsors

The first implementation of DHCPKit was partially sponsored by Solcon, and I am very grateful for their support.

After the first version was running in production I decided to take this project further. My goals were:

  • Write better documentation
  • Improve performance
  • Better quality assurance
  • Implement more DHCPv6 options
  • Add more interfaces, e.g. with RADIUS
  • Provide a more flexible configuration file format
  • Integrate with monitoring systems

I applied for a grant from the SIDN Fund to implement all of this. I received the grant in 2016 and am currently working to achieve these goals.

List of users

Here is a list of organisations, projects and individuals that have notified me that they are using DHCPKit and want to be listed here:

If you are using DHCPKit please let me know by sending an email to dhcpkit@steffann.nl. Please also let me know whether you want to be mentioned on this page - I will not add any names here without explicit consent.

Participating

DHCPKit is released under the GPLv3 license so you are free to use and adapt DHCPKit. If you distribute modified or extended versions of DHCPKit you must honour the license and make your changes available under a compatible license. If you would like to see extra features and/or options implemented and don’t feel like writing the code yourself, please contact me on dhcpkit@steffann.nl.